Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 165

9

FINISHES
MANUFACTURERS
PRODUCT
GUIDE
FINISHES
MANUFACTURERS
PRODUCT
GUIDE
DIVISION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
Conwed Designscape

| Wall Technology
Sound Absorptive Wall Panels
- Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels
- Rebound Panels
- Resist Acoustical Panels
- Respond

A Series (A100/A200/A300/A400) Acoustical Panels
- Respond

IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) Acoustical Panels
- Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels
Sound Absorptive Ceilings
- Access Ceiling System
- Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels
- Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels
- New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Sound Absorptive Clouds
- Respond

Curved Refective Ceiling Clouds
- Respond

Refector Ceiling Clouds, Flat


- Skyway

Ceiling Clouds Type 1


- Skyway

Ceiling Clouds Type II


Sound Absorptive Specialty Products
- Loaded Vinyl Acoustical Panels
- Low Frequency Tuner
- Metro Rebound Panels
- Refective Wall Panels
- Urban Forest
- Wedge Wall Panels
Sound Absorptive Diffusers
- Omni Plane Diffuser Panel
- Respond

Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal


Sound Absorptive Baffes
- Respond

Baffes: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back
SelectSound

SelectSound

Black Acoustic Board


SelectSound

Black Acoustic Blanket


Eurospan

Stretch System
Eurospan

Ceiling System
- Eurospan

Classic Ceiling System


- Eurospan

EOS Ceiling System


- Eurospan

Translucence Ceiling System


Eurospan

Wall System
- Eurospan

Acoustical Wall System


Acoustic Insulation
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts with PureFiber

Technology
RESOURCES
Conwed Designscape

| Wall Technology
Sound Absorptive Wall Panels Product Data Sheets
- Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels
- Rebound Panels
- Resist Acoustical Panels
- Respond

A Series (A100/A200/A300/A400) Acoustical Panels
- Respond

IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) Acoustical Panels
- Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels
Sound Absorptive Ceilings Product Data Sheets
- Access Ceiling System
- Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels
- Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels
- New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Sound Absorptive Clouds Product Data Sheets
- Respond

Curved Refective Ceiling Clouds
- Respond

Refector Ceiling Clouds, Flat


- Skyway

Ceiling Clouds Type 1


- Skyway

Ceiling Clouds Type II


Sound Absorptive Specialty Product Data Sheets
- Loaded Vinyl Acoustical Panels
- Low Frequency Tuner
- Metro Rebound Panels
- Refective Wall Panels
- Urban Forest
- Wedge Wall Panels
Sound Absorptive Diffusers Product Data Sheets
- Omni Plane Diffuser Panel
- Respond

Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal


Sound Absorptive Baffes Product Data Sheets
- Respond

Baffes: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RESOURCES
Conwed Designscape

| Wall Technology
Installation Guidelines
- Access Ceiling System
- Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels
- Impaling Clip/Adhesive
- Impaling Clip with Resin Spots
- Respond

Baffes
- Respond

Diffusers
- Splines: Wall and Ceiling
- Wall Panels Adhesive, No Resin
- Z-Bar with Hook and Loop
- Z-Bar to Z-Bar
- Z-Clip to Z-Bar
- Z-Clip to Double Wall Brackets
Limited Warranty
- Wall and Ceiling Panels Warranty
Cleaning and Maintenance
- General Cleaning and Maintenance Guide
SelectSound

SelectSound

Black Acoustic Board Product Data Sheet


SelectSound

Black Acoustic Blanket Product Data Sheet


Eurospan

Stretch System
Eurospan

Ceiling System
- Eurospan

Classic Ceiling System Product Data Sheet


- Eurospan

Classic Ceiling System Typical Details


- Eurospan

Classic Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


- Eurospan

EOS Ceiling System Product Data Sheet


- Eurospan

EOS Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


Eurospan

Wall System
- Eurospan

Wall System Product Data Sheet


- Eurospan

Wall System Typical Details


- Eurospan

Wall Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


Plaster & Gypsum Board Accessories
- Quietzone

Noise Control Batts Product Data Sheet


- QuietZone

Acoustic Sealant Product Data Sheet


- QuietZone

Acoustic Wall Framing Product Data Sheet


Acoustic Underlayment
- QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat Product Data Sheet
Acoustic Insulation
- EcoTouch

Sound Attenuation Batts (SAB) with


PureFiber

Technology Product Data Sheet


- EcoTouch

Fiberglas Insulation with PureFiber


Technology Product Data Sheet
TECHNICAL SERVICES
For technical questions, please call 1-800-GET-PINK

or
1-800-438-7465. Our Technical Service Department is available
to assist Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. 5 p.m. EST.
HOW TO ORDER LITERATURE
If you need to order literature, please refer to the publication
number associated with a particular publication. If applicable,
these publication numbers can be found at the bottom of the
document near the copyright information. To place an order,
call Owens Corning Customer Response Center at
1-800-GET-PINK

or 1-800-438-7465.




Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels




Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass laminated with 16 - 20 pcf molded glass
fiber and covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat.
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Cores laminated with 1/8 inch thick, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 7/8 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
8. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
9. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
10. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
11. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
12. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
13. Corners: Square.
14. Edge Profile: Square.
15. Edge Profile: Bevel (1/2 inch minimum).
16. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
17. Finishes: Acoustically transparent fiberglass mat, applied directly over face and edges of acoustical panels to
provide full finished edge.
18. Corners: Fully tailored.
19. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white (can be field-painted).
20. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
21. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive / Resin.
22. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
23. Mounting Type: Magnet.
24. Mounting Type: Spline.
25. Mounting Type: Velcro.
26. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
27. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
29. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
30. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
31. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
32. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
33. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.
END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.





Rebound Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Rebound Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.





Rebound Panels
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Cores laminated with 1/16 inch thick, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches.
8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom widths up to 53 inches.
9. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
10. Corners: Square.
11. Corners: Radiused.
12. Edge Profile: Square.
13. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
14. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
15. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
16. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
17. Corners: Fully tailored.
18. Finish: Manufacturer, type and color as selected.
19. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
20. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
21. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
22. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
23. Mounting Type: Magnet.
24. Mounting Type: Spline.
25. Mounting Type: Velcro.
26. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
27. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
29. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
30. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
31. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
32. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
33. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.85.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.


Resist Acoustical Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Resist Acoustical Panels.
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.


Resist Acoustical Panels
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 pcf.
3. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
4. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
5. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
6. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
7. Corners: Square.
8. Corners: Radiused.
9. Edge Profile: Square.
10. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
11. Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
12. Edge Profile: Miter.
13. Edge Treatment: Edges un-hardened.
14. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
15. Corners: Fully tailored.
16. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
17. Classic Resist Panel Finish: Whispertex Plisse fabric for nominal 1-1/8 inch and 2-1/8 inch thickness.
18. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
19. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
20. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
21. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
22. Mounting Type: Magnet.
23. Mounting Type: Spline.
24. Mounting Type: Velcro.
25. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
26. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
27. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
28. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
29. Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro.
30. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
31. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
32. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.85.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.


END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Respond A100 Series Acoustical Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsid-
iary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and spe-
cifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop draw-
ings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond A100 Series Acoustical Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.
2. Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Core Thickness: 1/2 inch.
5. Core Thickness: 3/4 inch.
6. Core Thickness: 1 inch.
7. Core Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
8. Core Thickness: 2 inches.




Respond A100 Series Acoustical Panels
9. Core Thickness: 3 inches.
10. Core Thickness: 4 inches.
11. Width: 24-48 inches.
12. Length: 24-120 inches.
13. Corners: Square.
14. Corners: Radiused.
15. Edge Profile: Square.
16. Edge Profile: Radius.
17. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
18. Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
19. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
20. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
21. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
22. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
23. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
24. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
25. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
26. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
27. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
28. Mounting Type: Magnet.
29. Mounting Type: Spline.
30. Mounting Type: Velcro.
31. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
32. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
33. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
34. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
35. Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro.
36. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
37. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
38. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1/2 inch thickness: 0.55.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3/4 inch Thickness: 0.70.
c. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1 inch Thickness: 0.80.
d. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/2 inch Thickness: 0.95.
e. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2 inch Thickness: 1.05.
f. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3 inch Thickness: 1.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.
END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass, laminated with impact resistant 16-20 pcf
molded glass fiber.
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Cores laminated with 1/8 inch layer of 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 5/8 inch.
6. Core Thickness: 7/8 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
8. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inch.
9. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inch.




Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels
10. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
11. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
12. Manufacturing Tolerances: Standard +/- 1/16 inch for width and length.
13. Width: 24-60 inches and custom.
14. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
15. Corners: Square.
16. Corners: Radiused.
17. Edge Profile: Square.
18. Edge Profile: Radius.
19. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
20. Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
21. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
22. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
23. Edge Treatment: Aluminum.
24. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
25. Edge Treatment: Wood.
26. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
27. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
28. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
29. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
30. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
31. Mounting Type: Magnet.
32. Mounting Type: Spline.
33. Mounting Type: Velcro.
34. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
35. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
36. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
37. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
38. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
39. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
40. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
41. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type F5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 5/8 inch Thickness: 0.70.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 7/8 inch Thickness: 0.80.
c. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
d. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-5/8 inch Thickness: 1.00.
e. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.05.
f. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.05.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels
1. Construction: Single core of dimensionally stable mineral fiber board.




Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels
2. Core Mineral Fiber Density: 16.8 pcf and 22 pcf.
3. Core Materials: Maximum 0.1 percent hygrometric expansion from 50 - 90 percent RH.
4. Recycled Content: For mineral fiber board, 50 percent total; 32 percent pre-consumer recycled content, 18
percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness and Density: 5/8 inch, 22 pcf.
6. Core Thickness and Density: 1/2 inch, 16.8 pcf.
7. Manufacturing Tolerances: Standard +/- 1/16 inch for width and length.
8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
9. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
10. Edge Profile: Square.
11. Edge Profile: Radius.
12. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
13. Edge Profile: Miter.
14. Edge Profile: Kerf.
15. Corners: Square.
16. Corners: Radiused.
17. Corners: Fully tailored.
18. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
19. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin (perimeter adhesive).
20. Mounting Type: Concealed spline.
21. Mounting Type: Velcro.
22. Mounting Type: Z-Clip Plates and Wall Bars.
23. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
24. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Based on manufacturers typical data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.


END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Access Ceiling System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Access Ceiling





Access Ceiling System

1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
2. Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Assembly Accessories: Access or Conceil grid system.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
6. Flat Panels, Width: 48-60 inches.
7. Flat Panels, Length: 24-144 inches.
8. Edge Profile: Slightly beveled to create 1/8 inch reveal.
9. Edge Profile: 4 inch integral returned edges.
10. Edge Profile: 6 inch integral returned edges.
11. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white.
12. Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture finish, black, over acoustically transparent membrane.
13. Finish Type and Color: Custom Paint Color.
14. Fabric Finish: _______________. (for optional fabric finish, specify manufacturer, type, pattern and color)
15. Mounting Type: Torsion spring mounting, extruded aluminum grid mains and V-shaped spacer bars.
16. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
17. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
18. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.







Foundations Ceiling Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMTIED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels.





Foundations Ceiling Panels

1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
2. Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
3. Assembly Accessories: Provide optional kerfs/splines for abutting square-edge panels.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
8. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
9. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
10. Width: 24-48 inches.
11. Length: 24-120 inches.
12. Corners: Square.
13. Edge Profile: Square.
14. Edge Profile: Full bevel.
15. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
16. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
17. Corners: Fully tailored.
18. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white.
19. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
20. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
21. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
22. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
23. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Gridlock Ceiling Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling




Gridlock Ceiling Panels
1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. Optionally laminated cores with 1/8 inch thick. 16 20 pcf molded fiberglass
/ High Impact facer.
2. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
3. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
4. Core Thickness and Edge: 1 inch thick, square edge profile.
5. Core Thickness and Edge: 1-1/8 inches thick, square edge profile, High Impact facer.
6. Core Thickness and Edge: 1-1/2 inches thick, square edge profile.
7. Core Thickness and Edge: 1-5/8 inches thick, square edge profile, High Impact facer.
8. Core Thickness and Edge: 2 inches, square edge profile.
9. Core Thickness and Edge: 2-1/8 inches, square edge profile, High Impact facer.
10. Width: 24-30 inches.
11. Length: 24-60 inches, and custom.
12. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white.
13. Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture finish, over acoustically transparent membrane, standard white.
14. Fabric Finish: _______________. (for optional fabric finish, specify manufacturer, type, pattern and color)
15. Mounting: Lift-and-shift Gridlock.
16. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
17. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
18. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturers data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.







New Dimensions Ceiling Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels.
1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.




New Dimensions Ceiling Panels
2. Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
3. Assembly Accessories: Provide optional kerfs/splines for abutting square-edge panels.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
8. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
9. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
10. Width: 24-48 inches.
11. Length: 24-120 inches.
12. Corners: Square.
13. Edge Profile: Square.
14. Edge Profile: Full bevel.
15. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
16. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
17. Corners: Fully tailored.
18. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white. Standard.
19. Finish Type and Color: Custom Paint Colors.
20. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
21. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
22. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
23. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
24. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.




END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Respond

Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds




Respond

Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds


1. Construction: Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of medium density overlay (MDO) plywood or Medium
Density Fiberboard (MDF) backed by 1 inch x 1 inch pre-curved metal ribs.
2. Thickness: 3/4 inch.
3. Assembly Accessories: Joining plates for abutting panels for use with proprietary joining and leveling system.
4. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
5. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
6. Corners: Square.
7. Corners: Radius.
8. Edge Profile: Square.
9. Finish, Gel-Coat: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; gel-coat applied directly over face and edges of
panel.
10. Finish, Fabric: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; fabric returned to back of panel to provide full
finished edge; corners fully tailored.
11. Mounting Type: Standard, direct attachment to exposed metal frame with self-drilling acoustical hangers.
12. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturers data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.




END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Respond

Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat



PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat
1. Construction: Medium density overlay (MDO) plywood or Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).




Respond

Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat



2. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
3. Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Thickness: 1/2 inch.
4. Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Thickness: 3/4 inch.
5. Backing Thickness: 1 inch.
6. Backing Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
7. Backing Thickness: 2 inches.
8. Backing Thickness: Custom.
9. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
10. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
11. Corners: Square.
12. Corners: Radius.
13. Edge Profile: Square.
14. Edge Profile: 1/2 inch bevel.
15. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; gel-coat applied directly over face and edges of panel and
returned to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners are fully tailored.
16. Mounting Type for Flat Reflectors: Standard, cloud angle.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.




END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Skyway

Ceiling Clouds Type I & II


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Skyway Ceiling Clouds
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.




Skyway

Ceiling Clouds Type I & II


2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Fiberglass Facings: 1/8 inch thick layer of 16 - 20 pcf molded fiberglass on face and back.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/4 inch.
6. Core Thickness: 2-1/4 inches.
7. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
8. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
9. Corners: Square.
10. Edges: Square.
11. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture White.
12. Finish Type and Color: Foundations White
13. Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture White or Custom.
14. Finish Type and Color: New Dimensions White or Custom.
15. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
16. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected: applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
17. Mounting Type: Standard, direct attachment to resin spots with self-drilling acoustical hangers or grid (by
others).
18. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
19. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
20. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch thickness: 0.90.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch thickness: 1.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.





Loaded Vinyl Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Loaded Vinyl Panels





Loaded Vinyl Panels

1. Construction: Composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass backed by 1/8 inch loaded
vinyl barrier, fully adhered to fiberglass.
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Provide optionally laminated cores with 1/8 inch thick, 16 - 20 pcf molded fiberglass.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 7/8 inch.
6. Core Thickness: 1 inch with High Impact facer.
7. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
8. Core Thickness: 1-1/4 inches with High Impact facer..
9. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
10. Core Thickness: 1-3/4 inches with High Impact facer..
11. Core Thickness: 2-1/2 inches.
12. Core Thickness: 2-3/8 inches with High Impact facer..
13. Width: 24-47 inches and custom.
14. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
15. Corners: Square.
16. Edge Profile: Square.
17. Edge Profile: Radius.
18. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
19. Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
20. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
21. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
22. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
23. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
24. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
25. Mounting Type: Perimeter adhesive.
26. Mounting Type: Panel clip.
27. Mounting Type: Concealed splines for walls.
28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
29. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
30. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
31. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturers data.
b. Sound Transmission Coefficient (STC): 27 for loaded vinyl.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.
END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Low Frequency Tuner Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Low frequency tuner panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LOW FREQUENCY TUNER PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Low Frequency Tuner Panels




Low Frequency Tuner Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass laminated to an unperforated vinyl
member that allows selective acoustical transparency.
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Thickness: 2 inches.
4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
5. Core Thickness: 2 inches.
6. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
7. Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
8. Corners: Square.
9. Corners: Radiused.
10. Edge Profile: Square.
11. Edge Profile: Radius.
12. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
13. Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
14. Edge Profile: Miter, for corner conditions.
15. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
16. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
17. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
18. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
19. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
20. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
21. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
22. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
23. Mounting Type: Magnet.
24. Mounting Type: Spline.
25. Mounting Type: Velcro.
26. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip to Z-Bar.
27. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip to Double Wall Clip.
28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
29. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
30. Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro.
31. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
32. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
33. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): No less than 0.30, no greater than 0.40.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Metro Rebound Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Metro Rebound Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.




Metro Rebound Panels
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Core laminated with 1/16 inch, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches.
8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
9. Length: 24-116 inches and custom.
10. Corners: Square.
11. Edge Profile: Square.
12. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer.
13. Finish: Copolymer applied directly to face and edges and face of panels, color as selected.
14. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
15. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive / Resin.
16. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
17. Mounting Type: Magnet.
18. Mounting Type: Velcro.
19. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
20. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
21. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
22. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
23. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
24. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
25. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
26. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.75.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.95.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.





Reflective Wall Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound reflective wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Reflective Wall Panels.





Reflective Wall Panels
1. Construction: Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch copolymer, total
thickness 1-1/16 inch.
2. Reflectors (Optional): Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch
copolymer, total thickness 1-9/16 inch.
3. Reflectors (Optional): Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch
copolymer, total thickness 2-1/16 inch.
4. Reflector Size: 53 inches wide by 120 inches maximum and custom.
5. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
6. Edge Profile: Square.
7. Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
8. Edge Profile: Miter.
9. Corner Detail: Square.
10. Corner Detail: Radius.
11. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; or gel-coat only; gel-coat applied directly over face and
edges of panel and returned to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners are fully tailored.
12. Reflector Mounting Type: Adhesive / resin.
13. Reflector Mounting Type: Adhesive, no resin.
14. Reflector Mounting Type: Impaling / adhesive.
15. Reflector Mounting Type: Velcro.
16. Reflector Mounting Type: Panel clip to double wall clip.
17. Reflector Mounting Type: Z-bar to Z-bar.
18. Reflector Mounting Type: Panel clip and Velcro.
19. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
20. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thick Fiberglass-Based Reflectors: 0.20.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.


END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Urban Forest Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Urban Forest Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.





Urban Forest Panels
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Core laminated with 1/16 inch, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches.
7. Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches.
8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
9. Length: 24-114 inches and custom.
10. Corners: Square.
11. Edge Profile: Square.
12. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer.
13. Finishes: Copolymer applied directly to face and edges of acoustical panels.
14. Custom Wood-Grain Colors Include: Riga Birch, Honey Maple, Pearwood, Red Alder, Candlelight, Elmalau
Beach, Manitoba Maple, Tundra Birch, Chocolate Pear, Fusion X, Summer Flame, Rustic Cherry, and Shaker
Terry.
15. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
16. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
17. Mounting Type: Lay-in.
18. Mounting Type: Magnet.
19. Mounting Type: Velcro.
20. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
21. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
22. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
23. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
24. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
25. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
26. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
27. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.75.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.95.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Wedge Wall Panels
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wedge wall panels.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WEDGE WALL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Wedge Wall Panels.





Wedge Wall Panels
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 7 pcf density mounted to a 1/2
inch thick medium density overlay (MDO) plywood backer and ribs.
2. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
3. Absorptive Panels: 1/8 inch molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density over face and edges.
4. Reflective Panels: 1/16 inch unperforated copolymer over face.
5. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches minimum.
6. Core Thickness: 2 inches.
7. Size: 16 square feet maximum, with maximum length of 96 inches and minimum width of 24 inches.
8. Edge Profile: Square; covered with 1/8 inch molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density.
9. Corner Detail: Square.
10. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
11. Mounting Type: Panel clip to Z-bar.
12. Mounting Type: Panel clip to double wall clip.
13. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
14. Mounting Type: Z-clip and Velcro.
15. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components except medium density overlay (MDO) plywood shall have a
Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
16. Acoustical Performance: NRC based on panel configuration and finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.


END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.





Omni Plane Diffuser Panel


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound diffusers.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND DIFFUSERS, BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Omni Plane Diffuser Panel




Omni Plane Diffuser Panel


1. Construction: Composite core with two layers of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass separated by a barrier
septum.
2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Core Thickness: 1 inch.
5. Core Thickness: 2 inches.
6. Size for Ceiling Applications: 36 by 60 inches and custom.
7. Size for Wall Applications: 48 inches wide by 120 inches high and custom.
8. Edge Profile: Square.
9. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected: applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
10. Mounting Type for Ceiling Applications: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
11. Mounting Type for Ceiling Applications: Lay-in.
12. Mounting Type for Walls: Panel clip.
13. Mounting Type for Walls: Impaling / adhesive.
14. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
15. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1 inch thickness: 0.65.
b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2 inch thickness: 0.90.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.







Respond

Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal



PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE DIFFUSERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound diffusers, barrel and pyramidal.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND DIFFUSERS, BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal





Respond

Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal



1. Construction: 0.125 inch Thermo-formed fire resistant plastic molded to a one-piece Barrel or a special offset
Pyramidal shape.
2. Sizes:
a. Pyramidal size: 2x2x8 height
b. Pyramidal size 4x4x12.5 height
c. Barrel size: 2x2x7 height
d. Barrel size: 2x4x7 height
e. Barrel size: 3x3x7 height
f. Barrel size: 3x4x7 height
g. Barrel size: 3x5x7 height
h. Barrel size: 3x6x7 height
i. Barrel size: 4x4x7 height
j. Barrel size: 4x6x7 height
k. Barrel size: 4x8x7 height
3. Edge Profile: Flanged for lay-in application.
4. Corners: Radius.
5. Edge Profile: No flange for walls and hardware ceiling mount.
6. Finish, Gel-Coat: Applied directly over face and edges of panel.
7. Finish, Fabric: Contact Manufacturer for available fabrics.
8. Mounting Type Walls: Straight edged diffusers: L-angles and hook and loop fasteners.
9. Mounting Type Ceilings: Flanged to fit standard ceiling grid.
10. Mounting Type Ceilings: Straight edge with L-angles
11. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Respond

Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive baffles.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES
A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back
1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.




Respond

Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back


2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
4. Core Thickness: 1 inch.
5. Core Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
6. Core Thickness: 2 inches.
7. Width for Fold-Up Baffles: 24-72 inches and custom.
8. Height for Fold-Up Baffles: 24-96 inches and custom
9. Width for Back-to-Back Baffles: 24-120 inches and custom.
10. Height For Back-to-Back Baffles: 24-120 inches and custom.
11. Corners: Square.
12. Edge Profile for Fold-up Baffles: Square.
13. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Square.
14. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Radius.
15. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Full-bevel.
16. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Half-bevel.
17. Edge Treatment for Fold-up Baffles: Resin hardened.
18. Edge Treatment for Back-to-Back Baffles: Resin hardened.
19. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
20. Mounting For Fold-up Baffles: Vertical attachment to D-Rings.
21. Mounting For Back-to-Back Baffles: Vertical attachment to D-Rings.
22. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
23. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for baffles mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by baffle thickness and finish.
a. Performance for 1 inch thickness: 1.3 Sabins/sf.
b. Performance for 2 inch thickness: 1.75 Sabins/sf.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..
C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.



END OF SECTION



2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




SelectSound

Black Acoustic Board


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsid-
iary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and spe-
cifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop draw-
ings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098117 - ACOUSTIC BOARD INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for interior partitions. (Owens Corning SelectSound

Black Acoustic
Board)
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete substrate.
2. Section 04 42 00 UNIT MASONRY for masonry substrates.
3. Section 09 21 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board walls and ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data
required to show compliance with these specifications.
B. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Interior Partitions: SelectSound

Black Acoustic Board



as manufactured by Owens
Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:
1. Typical Thickness: 1 inch, faced; available in precut sizes up to 48 inches x 96 inches.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 0.70, 1 inch thick.
b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 4.3.



SelectSound

Black Acoustic Board


2. Typical Thickness: 2 inches, faced.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 1.00, 2 inches thick.
b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 8.6.
3. Compliance:
a. Compressive Strength (ASTM A165, 10 percent deformation): 25 lb/ft2 (1197 Pa).
b. Compressive Strength (ASTM A165, 20 percent deformation): 90 lb/ft2 (4309 Pa).
c. Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): Less than 3 percent by weight at 120 degrees F (49 degrees C),
95 percent R.H.
d. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Meets requirement.
e. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, Corrosiveness Test): Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by
sterile cotton on aluminum or steel.
f. Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E84/CAN/ULC-S102): Maximum flame spread 25, maximum
smoke developed 50.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not
proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following.
1. Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities.
2. Where walls are not finished on both sides or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, provide supplementary
support to hold product in place.
3. Prepare surfaces prior to manufacturer approved adhesive installation.
4. Prepare surfaces prior to impaling pin installation. Pin location, quantity and length should be selected to
ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.


END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.





SelectSound

Black Acoustic Blanket


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsid-
iary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and spe-
cifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop draw-
ings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.



SECTION 098116 - ACOUSTIC BLANKET INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for interior partitions. (Owens Corning SelectSound Black Acoustic
Blanket)
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete substrate.
2. Section 04 42 00 UNIT MASONRY for masonry substrates.
3. Section 09 21 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board walls and ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data
required to show compliance with these specifications.
B. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Interior Partitions: SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket as manufactured by
Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:



SelectSound

Black Acoustic Blanket


1. Typical Thickness: 1 inch, available in 70 ft rolls, 72 inches wide.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 0.70, 1 inch thick.
b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 4.2.
2. Typical Thickness: 2 inches, available in 50 ft rolls, 72 inches wide.
a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 1.00, 2 inches thick.
b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 8.5.
3. Compliance: ASTM C 553, Type I, 250 deg F maximum use temperature.
a. Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): Less than 3 percent by weight at 120 degrees F (49 degrees C),
95 percent R.H.
b. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Meets requirement.
c. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, Corrosiveness Test): Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by
sterile cotton on aluminum or steel.
d. Surface Burning Characteristics (UL 723/CAN/ULC-S102-M): Maximum flame spread 25, maximum
smoke developed 50.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking at cable mounting points is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of
any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction.
1. Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities.
2. Where walls are not finished on both sides or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, provide supplementary
support to hold product in place.
3. Prepare surfaces prior to manufacturer approved adhesive installation.
4. Prepare surfaces prior to impaling pin installation. Pin location, quantity and length should be selected to
ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.


END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.






Eurospan

Classic Acoustical Ceiling System


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 095446 FABRIC WRAPPED CEILING PANELS GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Fabric wrapped ceiling panels, consisting of a laterally-suspended textile, applied over a glass-fiber
acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan Classic)
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.
C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of devices.
D. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.
E. Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on
average to contain at least 40 percent recycled glass, with 10 percent post-consumer and 30 percent pre-consumer
content.
B. Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITEDWARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and
manufacturing. Provide manufacturers standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat,
humidity or aging.




Eurospan

Classic Acoustical Ceiling System


PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Fabric Wrapped Ceiling Panels: Eurospan Classic Acoustical Ceiling System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch
Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1. Fabric: Eurospan Classic Ceiling Textile, [Classic White] [Vienna Crme] [Theater Black] [Custom]
color.
a. Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, capable of elongating 25
percent, spot cleanable and dry cleanable. Coated with light polyurethane coating cleanable with water
or solvent-based cleaners.
b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke
developed 15 or less.
d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85 for white color.
e. Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or
support.
2. Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick medium density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-
1/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]
a. Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type E 400 mounting with minimum NRC of 1.00 at 1 inch
thickness, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch thickness.
3. Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or
aluminum extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Staples, 18 gauge with mechanical
ability to attach extrusions, suitable for mounting substrate.
a. Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less
and smoke developed 35 or less.
b. Perimeter Track: [Square] [Bevel], with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or
painted to match the fabric.
c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design indicated on the
Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
d. Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or
furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as
selected.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
2. Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with 1 inch staples spaced on 2 inch
centers.
3. Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment.
4. Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and
secure in place with appropriate adhesives or staples. For fabric closer than 1/4 inch to the core, caulk
joints or provide a white scrim or lining to prevent read through. Scrim or lining shall not inhibit the
acoustical performance of the system, and meet fire safety code requirements.




Eurospan

Classic Acoustical Ceiling System


5. Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or
puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.
B. Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.



Eurospan

EOS Acoustical Ceiling System


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 095446 FABRIC WRAPPED CEILING PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Fabric wrapped ceiling panels, consisting of a laterally-suspended textile, applied over a glass-fiber
acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan EOS)
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.
C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of mounting devices.
D. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.
E. Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on
average to contain at least 30 percent recycled glass, with 4 percent post-consumer and 26 percent pre-consumer
content.
B. Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and
manufacturing. Provide manufacturers standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat,
humidity or aging.


Eurospan

EOS Acoustical Ceiling System


PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Fabric Wrapped Ceiling Panels: Eurospan EOS Acoustical Ceiling System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch
Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1. Fabric: Eurospan EOS Ceiling Textile, [standard white] [custom] color.
a. Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, capable of elongating 25
percent, spot cleanable and dry cleanable. Coated with light polyurethane coating cleanable with water
or solvent-based cleaners.
b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke
developed 15 or less.
d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85.
e. Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or
support.
2. Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick medium density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-1/2] [2]
[3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]
a. Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type E 400 mounting with minimum NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch
thickness, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.85 at 1 inch thickness and 0.95 at 2 inch thickness.
3. Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum extrusions
produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Pneumatic staples or screw fasteners suitable for mounting
substrate.
a. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 25 or less and smoke
developed 50 or less.
b. Perimeter Track: Square, with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to
match the fabric.
c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design indicated on the
Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
d. Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or
furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as
selected.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
2. Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with pneumatic staples or screw fasteners
2 to 3 inches on center.
3. Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment.
4. Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and secure
in place with appropriate staples or screw fasteners.
5. Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or
puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.


Eurospan

EOS Acoustical Ceiling System


3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.
B. Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




Eurospan

Translucence System
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 09 54 43 STRETCHED TRANSLUCENT FABRIC CEILING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Stretched fabric ceiling system, consisting of translucent fabric membrane stretched and fastened to
fixed or demountable frame structures in place below ambient or artificial lighting.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.
C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of stainless steel cables and fittings to be used as mounting devices.
D. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance
characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the specified
requirements for acoustical performance.
E. Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and
manufacturing. Provide manufacturers standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat,
humidity or aging.



Eurospan

Translucence System
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Stretched Fabric Ceiling Systems: Eurospan Translucence Stretch Fabric System as manufactured by Eurospan
Stretch Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1. Fabric: Eurospan Classic or EOS fabric, [standard white] color.
a. Fabric Type- Classic - Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, spot cleanable
and dry cleanable. EOS added light polyurethane coating
b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke
developed 15 or less.
d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.75 0.85
2. Fabric Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions
produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Attachment: mechanical fasteners with ability to attach extrusions
to frames or suitable substrate.
a. Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less
and smoke developed 35 or less.
b. Perimeter Track: [Square] with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to
match the fabric.
c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] track as required to achieve design indicated on the Drawings. System is also
capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
2. Anchor stainless steel cable fittings to structure, using anchors acceptable to the manufacturer.
3. Stretch fabric and secure into the cable fittings to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or puckers. Adjust
fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.
B. Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.



Eurospan

Acoustical Wall System


PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098414 ACOUSTIC STRETCHED FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Acoustic stretched fabric wall system, consisting of a textile applied over a glass-fiber acoustic core
and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan Acoustical Wall System)
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical wall elevations, sectional views and details of construction.
C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of mounting devices.
D. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.
E. Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on
average to contain at least 30 percent recycled glass, with at least 4 percent post-consumer glass content.
B. Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 5-year warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing.



Eurospan

Acoustical Wall System


PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Acoustic Stretched Fabric Wall System: Eurospan Acoustical Wall System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch
Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1. Fabric: [Selected from manufacturers standard acoustical panel fabric.] [Selected from commercial grade
panel/upholstery fabrics complying with the following.]
a. Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, , spot cleanable and dry
cleanable.
b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 25 or less and smoke
developed 450 or less.
d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85 for white color.
e. Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or
support.
2. Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick 6 to 7 pound density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-
1/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]
a. Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch thickness.
3. Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum
extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Staples, 18 gauge with mechanical ability to attach
extrusions, suitable for mounting substrate.
a. Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 testing.
b. Perimeter Track: [Square] [Bevel] [Radius], with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric
or painted to match the fabric.
c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Bevel] [Radius] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design
indicated on the Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
d. Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or
furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as
selected.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking at cable mounting points is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any
unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
2. Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with 1 inch staples spaced on 2 inch
centers.
3. Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment.
4. Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and secure
in place with appropriate adhesives or staples. For fabric very light in color or light in weight, provide a white
scrim or lining to prevent read through. Scrim or lining shall not inhibit the acoustical performance of the system,
and meet fire safety code requirements.
5. Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or
puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.



Eurospan

Acoustical Wall System


3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.
B. Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION


2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.




QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
with PureFiber

Technology
PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsid-
iary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and spe-
cifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop draw-
ings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


SECTION 098117 ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for wood-framed interior walls, floor and ceilings. (Owens Corning
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts with PureFiber

Technology)
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1. Section 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY for acoustic wood framing.
2. Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data
required to show compliance with these specifications.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Wood Framed Interior Walls, Floors and Ceilings: QuietZone

Acoustic Batts with


PureFiber

Technology as manufactured by Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:


1. Type: Inorganic glass fibers complying with ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C.
2. Faced Batts: 3-/12 inches thick by 15 inches wide, 3-1/2 inches thick by 23 inches wide, and 5-1/2 inches thick
by 15-1/2 inches wide as applicable to framing spacing; standard precut lengths.
3. Unfaced Batts: 3-1/2 inches thick by 15-1/4 inches and 3-1/2 inches thick by 23-1/4 inches wide as applicable
to framing spacing, standard precut lengths.
4. Dimensional Stability: Less than 0.1 percent linear shrinkage.
5. Water Absorption: Less than 0.05 percent maximum by volume.
6. Code Compliance:
a. Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV and V.
b. National Building Code (BOCA) building types 3, 4, and 5.
c. Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building types III, V, and VI.



QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
with PureFiber

Technology
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not
proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following.
1. Friction-fit batts to fill entire height and width of stud cavity.
2. Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities. Do not place
insulation within 3 inches of light fixtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with
insulation.
3. Install unfaced insulation only between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use unfaced or faced
insulation in spaces around metal chimneys, fireplaces or flues.
4. Protect batts from damage until interior finish is applied.


END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Product Data Sheet
FOUNDATIONS WALL PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical
Wall Panels are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical
absorption with a soft drywall look. Use in conference rooms,
auditoriums, churches, entry- ways, and similar areas.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard laminated with a
1
/
8
16-20 pcf molded glass fber, all
covered with a specially formulated fberglass mat. Edges are
protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent
fnish completely covers the face and exposed edges.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1, 1, 2, 3, and 4, plus the
1
/
8

molded glass fberboard. Maximum size is 4x10. 4 maximum
is 4 x 6 or 24 square feet.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Available shapes include: square, and bevel.
FINISH
Foundations Wall Panels come factory-fnished with a
proprietary white, acoustically transparent covering with a
soft drywall look. Finish can be used as-is, or feld painted
with a spray application.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot adhesive, Z-clip, concealed
splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, Z-bar to Z-bar, and magnetic
fasteners.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modifed to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please
consult with your Sales Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifcations, for your
application.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Foundations Wall Panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Foundations Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation
begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Foundations Wall Panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to
1
/
8
16-20 pcf molded glass
fber. Thickness (choose one)
3
/
4
, 1, 1-
1
/
2
, 2, 3, 4 plus
1
/
8
or custom ____________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high.
Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to feld
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are
1
/
16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail
shall be: Square or custom _______________ (specify).
Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or
high-pressure laminate (with square edge only) or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be soft texture acoustically transparent
fnish. Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel to provide a full fnished edge. All
corners are fully tailored. Note: factory painting is
available and referred to as Subtle Texture.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive,
Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO,

Panel Clip to Z-Bar,


Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar,
Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO

or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018116-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
FOUNDATIONS WALL PANELS
Product Data Sheet
REBOUND PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Rebound fabric-
covered wall and ceiling panels are designed for use in high
abuse areas requiring sound absorption. A sheet of perforated
co-polymer under the fabric allows sound absorption while
withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums,
hotels, multi-purpose rooms anywhere requiring a durable,
acoustically absorbent panel.
CONSTRUCTION
This panel features a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF fberglass
core, with a
1
/16 resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
Panels are fnished with Class A-rated fabric and arrive ready-
to-install in any commercial application. Finishes are completely
adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a
full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses include: 1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16 and 2-
1
/16. Widths are up to
48, and lengths to 10. Custom widths up to 53 are available.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Corner choices include: square, bevel, and radius.
FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A
comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings are available from
Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modifed to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please
consult with your Local Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifcations, for your
application.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a fnish.
1 4.1
1-
1
/2 6.2
2 8.3
3 12.5
4 16.6
RECYCLED CONTENT
Rebound wall and ceiling panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Rebound acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty
starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to be
free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating
Product Data Sheet
REBOUND PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical panels shall be: Rebound Panels as manufactured
by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson
Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of medium density, laminated to a
1
/
16
resilient perforated
co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one) 1-
1
/
16
, 1-
9
/
16
,
2-
1
/
16
or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes up to 53 widths
are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be
manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied by the
installing contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/
16
in width
and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall
be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify).
Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-
pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profles
available) or custom _______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to
provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO

, Panel
Clip to Wall Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to
Z-Bar (recommended for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel
Clips/VELCRO

or custom ________________ (specify).


Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by
the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum NRC
of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16 per
inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given
and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our
control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for
the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described
herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018121-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Product Data Sheet
RESIST PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Resist Acoustical Wall
Panels are designed for gymnasiums and multi-purpose areas.
The resilient fberglass core springs back on impact to resist
permanent deformation. This is an economical approach to
sound absorption and abuse resistance.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6 PCF resilient
fberglass board with optional resin hardened edge protection.
Classic construction: unhardened edges combined with a non-
woven ribbed polyester fabric wrap. Finishes are completely
adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for
a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1-
1
/8 and 2-
1
/8. Widths are up to 48,
and lengths to 10. Sizes up to 60 x 120 are available in some
non-classic fabrics.
EDGE DETAIL
In the classic construction with Whispertex fabric, edges are
unhardened; however resin hardened edges are available in
other fabrics. Available choices include: square, radius, bevel,
half bevel, and radius corners.
FINISH
Classic Resist fnish is Whispertex Plisse, a ribbed non-woven
fabric (shown). Other fnishes of choice include Whispertex
Coppersmith, which is not ribbed, and Guilford 2100.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Resist Acoustical Wall Panels provide excellent acoustical
performance for gymnasiums and multi-purpose areas, and
virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Resist Acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting
from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free
from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
RESIST PANELS
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000515-D Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Resist Acoustical Wall Panels
as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable, rigid, resilient fberglass
of 6-pcf density. Thickness (choose one): 1-
1
/8, 2-
1
/8 or
custom ____________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to feld dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are
1
/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner
detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________
(specify). Edge treatment shall be: un-hardened, resin
hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profles available) or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive / Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Rotofast (some
limitations), Spline, VELCRO

, Z-Clip to Z-bar, Z-Clip


to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips,
Z-Clip/VELCRO

or custom ________________ (specify).


Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.)
and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type D5 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

A SERIES
A100/A200/A300/A400
APPLICATION
The Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond

A
Series (A100, A200, A300, and A400) panels are economical,
all purpose acoustical wall and ceiling panels designed for use
where sound absorption and value are the main criteria. This
series panel is suitable for auditoriums, theatres, offces and
libraries: anywhere noise control is needed and critical lighting
and high abuse resistance are not factors.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
fberglass board with chemically hardened edge protection.
Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and
returned to the back for a full fnished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are
3
/
4
, 1, 1-
1
/
2
, 2, 3, and 4. Standard
maximum size is 4 x 10. 4 maximum is 4 x 6 or 24 square
feet. Custom size is our standard!
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius
corners.
FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modifed to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory.
Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifcations, for your
application.
R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a fnish.
Thickness R-Value
1 4.1
1-
1
/
2
6.2
2 8.3
3 12.5
4 16.6
FIRE PERFORMANCE
All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
A Series panels can utilize an Owens Corning fberglass board
core that is third-party certifed for recycled content. The
board is certifed by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled
glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
A Series Acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty
starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to
be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation
begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond

A Series
Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of
6-7 pcf density. Thickness (choose one)
1
/
2
,
3
/
4
, 1, 1-
1
/
2
,
2, 3, 4 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Maximum size is 4 x 10 for
3
/
4
, 1, 1-
1
/
2
, 2,
3. 4maximum is 4 x 6 or 24 square feet due to weight.
Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to feld
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are
1
/
16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-
bevel, miter, or custom __________________
(specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________________ (specify). Edge treatment
shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure
laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profles
available) or custom _______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be __________________________
______________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back
of the panel to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO,


Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip,
Z-Bar to Z-Bar (strongly recommended for ceilings),
Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO

or custom
________________ (specify). Leveling angles are
supplied if appropriate. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners,
(i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall
leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16
per inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

A SERIES
A100/A200/A300/A400
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000533-G. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

IR SERIES
IR108/IR308/IR408
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond

IR Series
(IR108/IR308/IR408) panels are designed for high traffc areas
requiring impact-resistant tackable surfaces with excellent
acoustical absorption. Use in corridors, lobbies, hallways and
similar areas.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 pcf glass
fberboard with resin hardened edge protection laminated
with a
1
/8 16-20 pcf molded glass fber. Finishes are completely
adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a
full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available in , , 1, 1- 2, 3 and 4 thicknesses, plus
1
/8 molded glass fberboard. Maximum sizes for 1, 2, 3 are
either 4x12 or 5x10. 4 maximum is 4 x 6 or 24 square feet.
Custom sizes are standard!
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.
FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A
comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Santas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modifed to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please
consult with your Local Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifcations, for your
application.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating.
R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a fnish.
1 4.1
1-
1
/
2
6.2
2 8.3
3 12.5
4 16.6
RECYCLED CONTENT
Respond

IR Series panels can utilize an Owens Corning


fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Respond

IR108 Series Acoustical Panels have a limited


3-year warranty starting from date of shipment. The panels
are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

IR SERIES
IR108/IR308/IR408
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018114-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond

IR Series
Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to
1
/8 16-20 pcf molded glass
fber. Thickness (choose one) , , 1, 1-, 2, 3, 4
plus
1
/8 or custom ________(specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 4 x 12 or 5 x 10
(nominal) for 1, 2 and 3. 4 x 10 is the maximum size
for , and 1-. 4 is limited (by weight) to 24 square
feet; either 4 x 6 or 2 x 12 or custom. Panels are to be
manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-
bevel, miter, or custom __________________
(specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profles available) or custom
____________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be _________________________
____________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back
of the panel to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO

,
Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip,
Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO


or custom ____________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied
by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16
per inch of thickness.)

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

TK/AC PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond

TK/AC
Acoustical Panels are an economical, lightweight tackable panel
with moderate sound absorption and blocking capabilities.
They are ideal for display areas, meeting rooms, school rooms
or in any place that requires tackability and moderate sound
absorption at a value.
CONSTRUCTION
Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels are a single core


construction of high-density perforated mineral fberboard,
or
5
/8 thick. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of
the panel and returned to the back for a full fnished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are and
5
/8 ( nominal). Custom sizes
are available up to 48 x 120 (nominal). Standard tolerance is

1
/16.
EDGE DETAIL
Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, miter, kerf or
custom. Radius corners are also available.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Webcore, Designtex and Maharam.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include perimeter adhesive, hook & loop,
Z-clip plates and concealed splines.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels provide optimal acoustical


performance for meeting areas and schoolrooms, where a
combination of moderate sound absorption and sound blocking
is required.
Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels have been tested for their


acoustical performance in accordance with ASTM C-423 with
Type A mounting:
Thickness NRC
5
/8 Fabric .35
5
/8 Vinyl .35
Thickness STC
5
/8 Core 26
core is not perforated and therefore is not rated for NRC;
Noise Reduction Coeffcient.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels can utilize an Owens


Corning fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for
recycled content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at
least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Respond

TK/AC Acoustical Panels have a limited 3-year


warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are
warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into account all of
the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond

TK/AC Acoustical
Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall have a single core construction of
dimensionally stable Mineral Fiber Board of not less than 22
pcf density, and not more than 0.1% hygrometric expansion
from 50% to 90% R.H. Thickness is either or
5
/8.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high (nominal).
Custom sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to
be manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/16 in
width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, half-bevel, miter, kerf or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall
be: Square or radius.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive No Resin (Perimeter
Adhesive), VELCRO

, concealed spline, Z-Clip Plates and


Z-Bars. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws,
etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with
ASTM C-423 (Type A Mounting). Note: core is not
perforated and therefore not rated for NRC.
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018119-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
RESPOND

TK/AC PANELS
Product Data Sheet
ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM
APPLICATION
The Access Ceiling System is intended for commercial interiors
requiring a monolithic appearance, excellent acoustics and fast
and easy access to the plenum area.
CONSTRUCTION
The patented Access Ceiling panels feature a strong aluminum
frame, with several exposed surface fnishes to choose from.
The strong rigid and easy to install grid system is made with
an extruded main grid and V-shaped spacer bars. The fully
accessible panels are supported by torsion springs engaging the
grid structure. Flat panels can have non-metal curving edge. A
foating cloud appearance can be created via 4 and 6 integral
returned edges.
Core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 pcf glass
fberboard with
1
/
8
16-20 pcf molded glass facer.
All system components are rust-free aluminum and galvanized
steel to minimize maintenance.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Typical sizes range from 4 x 4 up to maximum sizes of
4 x 12 and 5 x 10.
EDGE DETAIL
The Access Ceiling System has a virtually seamless neutral look
that enhances any interior design. Fully framed edges are slightly
beveled to create a discrete and attractive
1
/
8
reveal between
panels.
FINISHES
Foundations is a factory-fnished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall look
available in white.
Factory painted fnish.
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major
brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and
Designtex.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Panels have an NRC rating of 0.90. The noise reduction
coeffcient was tested in accordance with ASTM C-423 on type
E-400 mounting.
Need an engineered solution
for your new ceiling? Call today!!
FIRE PERFORMANCE
All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
The Access Ceiling System

can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Access Ceiling System has a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018119-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Access Ceiling Systems
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of 1-
1
/
8
thick
aluminum framed 6-7 pcf fberglass and 16-20 pcf impact
resistant molded fberglass.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown
on drawings. Standard maximum size is 4 x 12 and 5
x 10 for fat panels. Custom sizes are available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to feld dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are
1
/
16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Slightly beveled to create
1
/
8
reveal.
Flat panel can have non-metal curving edge. 3 to 6
integral returned edges are available.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be Foundations, factory painted, or
fabric ___________________________________
___(specify manufacturer, pattern, color and specifer).
Fabric shall be applied directly over the face and edges and
returned to the back to provide a full fnished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Torsion spring mounting, grid mains and spacer bars are
provided (attached by others)). Adhesive and miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc are to be supplied by the
contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type E-400 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given
and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our
control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for
the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described
herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
FOUNDATIONS CEILING PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical
Ceilings are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical
absorption with a soft drywall look. Use in conference rooms,
auditoriums, churches, entry-ways, and similar areas. Panels
are paintable up to 3 times (spray application) without losing
acoustical absorption**!
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard laminated with a
1
8" 16-20 pcf molded glass fber, all
covered with a specially formulated fberglass mat. Edges are
protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent
fnish completely covers the face and exposed edges.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1", 1-", 2", plus the
1
8" molded glass
fberboard. Maximum sizes is 4'x10'.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Available shapes include: square and bevel. For square-edged
abutting panels, a kerf and spline is strongly recommended for
accurate face alignment. Another fne option is to introduce a
small reveal between panels.
FINISH
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings come factory-fnished with a
proprietary white, acoustically transparent and if desired,
paintable covering.
MOUNTING
Standard ceiling mountings include lay-in, resin spots, or Z-bar
to Z-bar.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings provide excellent acoustical
performance for auditoriums, theaters, offces, libraries,
classrooms and virtually anywhere sound absorption is
required.
Thickness NRC
1-
1
8" .85
2-
1
8" .90
The noise reduction coeffcients were derived from tests
conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400
mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.
Note: Testing with 4 layers of paint showed an NRC of .80 for
a 1-
1
16" product, so reduction was minimal!
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84
*

and has Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of
materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
*See feld painting instructions.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Foundations Acoustical Ceilings shall be: Foundations
Acoustical Ceilings as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to
1
8" 16-20 pcf molded glass
fber. Thickness (choose one) ", 1", 1-", 2", 3", 4" plus
1
8"
or custom ____________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high.
Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to feld
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are
1
16" in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-
bevel, miter, or custom __________________
(specify). Corner detail shall be: Square or custom
_______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate
(with square edge only) or custom _______________
(specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be Foundations Acoustical Ceilings
acoustically transparent fnish. Finish shall be applied
directly over the face and edges of the panel to provide a
full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Lay-in, Z-Bar to Z-Bar or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technnology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018124-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
FOUNDATIONS CEILING PANELS
Product Data Sheet
GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Gridlock acoustical
ceiling panels are designed for:
Quick and easy lift-and-shift removal.
The full range of fabric, Foundations and factory painted
fnishes.
" defned reveal between panels.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
glass fberboard of various thicknesses. Depending on fnish
requirements, this could be laminated with a
1
8" 16-20 pcf
molded glass fber, and/or covered with a specially formulated
fberglass mat. Edges are protected with resin hardening. All
fnishes are acoustically transparent and cover the face and
exposed edges.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1", 1" and 2" plus the
1
8" molded
glass fberboard if required. Sizes are generally in 6" increments
from 24"x24" up to 48"x48" and 30"x60".
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are squared and resin hardened.
FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
Foundations is a factory-fnished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall
look available in white or black.
Factory painted fnish. Custom colors are available.
MOUNTING
Lift-and-shift mounting requires standard
15
16" ceiling grid by
others. Panels are individually removable and do not require
head room above the grid for installation or removal.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels will achieve the following:
NRC
1
1
8" Guilford 2100 0.90
2
1
8" Guilford 2100 1.05
1
1
8" Painted 0.90
2
1
8" Painted 1.10

The noise reduction coeffcients were derived from tests
conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400
mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels can utilize an Owens
Corning fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for
recycled content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at
least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels have a limited 3-year
warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects
in material and workmanship for a period of three years from
the date of shipment.
See product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions.
Submit (select quantity) fabric selector cards
from manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceilings shall be: Gridlock ceiling panels as
manufactured by Conwed Deisgnscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of 6-7
pcf density; and if required, laminated to
1
8" 16-20 pcf
molded glass fber. Thickness (choose one): 1", 1" or 2" plus
1
8" or custom (specify).
2.3 Sizes: width and high or as shown on
drawings. Standard sizes are 24" and 30" width, and 24",
30", 36", 42", 48", 54" and 60" in length. Custom sizes are
available; consult manufacturer. Standard tolerances are
1
16" in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square. Edge treatment shall be: resin
hardened.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be: Foundations (please
specify white or black). New Dimensions acoustically
transparent fnish, which is applied over an acoustically
transparent membrane.
(please specify
color). Fabric
(please specify
fabric manufacturer, pattern, color and specifer). Finish shall
be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to
provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Lift-and-Shift Interlocken 2.0 mounting.
Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.)
and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type E400 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make changes
without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given
and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our
control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for the
accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described herein.
Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018127-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS
Product Data Sheet
NEW DIMENSIONS CEILING PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology New Dimensions
Acoustical Ceiling Panels are designed for areas requiring
excellent acoustical absorption with a drywall look. Use in
corridors, lobbies, hallways and similar areas.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard laminated with a
1
/8 16-20 pcf molded glass fber,
all covered with a specially formulated fberglass mat. Edges are
protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent
painted fnish completely covers the face and exposed edges.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1, 1-
1
/2, 2, 3, and 4, plus the
1
/8
molded glass fberboard. Maximum sizes are 4x10 for 1-
1
/2 and
4x12 for all else.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Available shapes include: square, radius, and bevel. For
square-edged abutting panels, a kerf and spline is strongly
recommended for accurate face alignment. Another fne option
is to introduce a small reveal between panels.
FINISH
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels come factory-
fnished in a wide variety of colors, including white. Custom
colors are also offered to precisely match any interior design
palette.
MOUNTING
Standard ceiling mountings include lay-in, resin spots, or Z-bar
to Z-bar.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels provide excellent
acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offces,
libraries, classrooms, and virtually anywhere sound absorption is
required.
Thickness NRC
1-
1
/8 .85
2-
1
/8 .90
The noise reduction coeffcients were derived from tests
conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400 mounting
by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels can utilize an
Owens Corning fberglass board core that is third-party
certifed for recycled content. The board is certifed by SCS
to contain at least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels have a limited
3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from
defects in material and workmanship for a period of three
years from the date of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: New Dimensions
Acoustical Ceiling Panels as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to
1
/
8
16-20 pcf molded glass
fber. Thickness (choose one) 1, 1-
1
/
2
, 2, 3, 4 plus
1
/
8

or custom ____________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high
for 1-
1
/
2
and 48 x 144 for other thicknesses. Custom or
larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to
be manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied
by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/
16

in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner
detail shall be: Square or custom _______________
(specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened,
aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge
only) or custom _______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be New Dimension acoustically
transparent fnish, which is applied over an acoustically
transparent membrane. _________________________
_______________ (please specify color). Finish shall be
applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to
provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Lay-in, resin spots, Z-bar to Z-bar,
or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied
by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018120-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
NEW DIMENSIONS CEILING PANELS
Product Data Sheet
CURVED REFLECTIVE
CEILING CLOUDS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Curved Refective
Ceiling Clouds are intended for commercial applications
requiring strong design elements combined with acoustical
refection.
CONSTRUCTION
This curved panel features an external metal frame providing
exact curvature for demanding applications, particularly where
panels abut. Minimum Radius is 10. Refective panels are
MDO (Medium Density Overlay) plywood.
Panels are pre-wrapped with Class A-rated fabric, or can be
provided with a gel-coat fnish. Panel backs can be painted
black, or lined with fberglass for combined absorption.
Finishes are completely adhered to the panel face and
returned to the back for a full fnished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Standard maximum size is 4x 10. Larger sizes are
accomplished by ganging panels together. Refective panels are
.
EDGE DETAIL
Refective edges are square. Built up edges (fabric only) are
available to hide hardware, 3 maximum. Corners can be
radiused.
FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
Gel-coat fnish is also available on Refective panels.
MOUNTING
Standard mounting is direct attachment to the exposed metal
frame. Self-drilling acoustical hangers are provided as shown
for this purpose. Joining plates for abutting panels are provided
for use with our proprietary joining and leveling system.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Curved Refective Ceiling Clouds provide excellent refection.
Use in conjunction with Curved Absorptive Ceiling Clouds or
other fne absorptive products if required.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Refective Cloud components, other than the MDO Plywood
have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class
I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Curved Refective Ceiling Clouds can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least 57%
recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Curved Refective Ceiling Clouds have a limited 3-year
warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects
in material and workmanship for a period of three years from
the date of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials,
products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled laboratory conditions and
should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or fre risk of materials, products or
assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fre
risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of
the fre hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
CURVED REFLECTIVE
CEILING CLOUDS
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018110-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Curved Refective
Ceiling Clouds as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800)
833-4798
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of MDO
(Medium Density Overlay) plywood backed by 1 x 1
pre-curved metal ribs.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown
on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 96
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to feld dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are
1
/
16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-
bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify).
Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be gel-coat or ___________________
_____________________ (specify fnish manufacturer,
pattern, color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly
over the face and edges and returned to the back to
provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Standard mountings shall be direct attachment to the
exposed metal frame with self-drilling acoustical hangers
(supplied) or custom ________________ (specify).
Adhesive and miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws,
etc are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components except MDO
plywood shall have a Class A fre rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

REFLECTOR
CEILING CLOUDS, FLAT
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Refector Ceiling
Clouds are designed for theaters and auditoriums requiring
tunable refection to enhance sound quality in a performance
environment.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is an MDO (Medium Density Overlay)
plywood, sometimes backed with dimensionally stable 6-7
PCF glass fber. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of
the panel and returned to the back for a full fnished edge. All
corners are fully tailored. Also, Refector panels can be provided
with a gel-coat fnish. If required for tunability, a full-length piano
hinge is utilized.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thickness is or custom with added fberglass
backing. Widths are up to 4 and lengths to 8.
EDGE DETAIL
Standard edge details are square, and bevel. Edges can be built
up to hide mounting hardware.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Webcore, Designtex and Maharam. Gel-Coat is also available.
MOUNTING
Refector Hardware is standard for Flat Refectors.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Refector Ceiling Clouds provide excellent acoustical
performance for, theaters, auditoriums or other venues requiring
sound refection.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating, except for the MDO plywood. A
fre-rated MDF panel is also available.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Refector Ceiling Clouds can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Refector Ceiling Clouds have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical Ceiling Clouds shall be: Refector Ceiling Clouds
as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Refector Ceiling Clouds shall be constructed of a MDO
Medium Density Overlay plywood and may be backed
by dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of 6-7 pcf. MDO
thickness (choose one) or
3
/4. Optional fberglass
thickness of 1, 1-, 2, 3, 4 or custom ___________
(specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to feld dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are
1
/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall
be: Square, radius or custom _____________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be gel-coat or ______________________
__________________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over the
face and edges of the panel and returned to the back to
provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Standard mounting is Cloud Angle for Flat Refectors,
and Refector Hardware for Hinged panels. Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
additional hanging hardware are to be supplied by the
contractor.
2.7 Flammability All panel components except MDO
Plywood shall have a Class A fre rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

REFLECTOR
CEILING CLOUDS, FLAT
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018123-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Product Data Sheet
SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS
TYPE I
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Skyway Ceiling Clouds
Type I are designed for a large variety of applications ranging
from single or double panel accents up to large multi-panel
ceiling areas. Use in areas requiring excellent acoustical
absorption. Clouds are typically provided painted (Subtle
Texture fnish),unpainted (Soft Texture fnishwhich can be
job-site painted if desired)**, and many fne fabric fnishes
are also available.
CONSTRUCTION
Panels are produced with a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
glass fberboard core laminated with 16-20 PCF 1/8 molded
fberglass face. Finishes are completely adhered to all surfaces.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1-1/8, 1-5/8 and 2-1/8. Our
standard maximum size is 4 x 10. Custom shapes available.
Returned edges are available to simulate thickness and hide
attachment hardware, consult manufacturer.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened. Available shapes include square
and bevels of or more. Kerfed edges are often used
between panels for alignment using splines or ceiling grid.
FINISH
Soft Texture is a factory-fnished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall look.
This can be feld painted with a light spray application.
Subtle Texture is a factory painted fnish. White is standard
and custom colors are available
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major
brands including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and
Designtex.
MOUNTING
Acoustical anchors feld applied to factory-marked resin
spots provide anchor points for wire or cable (provided by
others).
T-grid feld attached to factory-marked resin spots provide
an alternate attachment for wire or cable (provided by
others). Use of T-grid can sometimes reduce the number
of wires or cables required.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I provide excellent acoustical
performance for auditoriums, theaters, offces, libraries,
classrooms;virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.
Thickness NRC
1-1/8 0.90
2-1/8 1.10
The noise reduction coeffcients were derived from tests
conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type F5 mounting
by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has Class I/A rating
RECYCLED CONTENT
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross
label for recycled content. The board is certifed on average
to contain at least 57% pre-consumer recycled content and
5% post-consumer content. And for your LEED

project, our
acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content
points under the Materials and Resources section. Other
LEED

categories may also apply depending upon the


project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date
of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
**See feld painting instructions.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018364-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS
TYPE I
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnish.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Skyway Ceiling Clouds
Type I as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of medium density laminated to 1/8 molded fberglass.
Absorptive thickness: shall be (choose one) 1-1/8, 1-5/8
or 2-1/8.
2.3 Sizes: ____ width and _____high or as shown on drawings.
Standard maximum is 48 x 120. Custom shapes are
available. Panels are to be manufactured according to feld
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be square, bevel (1/2 or more) or
custom__________(specify). Corner detail shall be Square
or radius
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ___________________________
______________ (specify fnish manufacture, pattern
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges and returned to the back to provide
a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Optional
backing includes fabric or scrim (specify).
2.6 Standard mountings shall be resin spots for either feld
applied self-drilling acoustical anchors or ceiling grid
mains (by others). Both are attached via wire or cable (by
others). (Please specify).
2.7 Acoustical Performance: panels shall have a minimum NRC
of_____(please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423.
2.8 Flammability: All panel components shall have a Class A:
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS
TYPE II
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Skyway Curved
Ceiling Clouds Type II are designed as an accent ceiling
element in areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption.
Clouds are typically provided painted, unpainted
(Foundations fnish, which can be job-site painted if
desired)**, and many fne fabric fnishes are also available.
CONSTRUCTION
Panels are custom-curved from the factory with a
dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fberboard core
laminated face and back with 16-2 0 PCF 1/8 molded
fberglas. Curvature varies slightly; abutting curved edges is
not recommended. Finishes are completely adhered to all
surfaces which aids when minor feld-cutting is required.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1-1/4 and 2-1/4. Our standard
maximum size is 4 x 10. Minimum curvatures are 10 radius.
Custom panels and radius are available; consult manufacturer.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are square and resin hardened
FINISH
Foundations is a factory-fnished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall look.
This can be feld painted with a light spray application.
Factory painted fnish. White is standard and custom colors
are available
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major
brands including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and
Designtex.
MOUNTING
Acoustical anchors feld applied to factory-marked resin
spots provide anchor points for wire or cable (provided by
others). Panels up to 48 x 75 require 4 anchors; larger
panels consult factory.
T-grid feld attached to factory-marked resin spots provide
an alternate attachment for wire or cable (provided by
others). Use of T-grid can sometimes reduce the number
of wires or cables required.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II provide excellent acoustical
performance for auditoriums, theaters, offces, libraries,
classrooms; virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.
Thickness NRC
1-1/8 0.90
2-1/8 1.10
The noise reduction coeffcients were derived from tests
conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type F5 mounting
by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has Class I/A rating
RECYCLED CONTENT
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross
label for recycled content. The board is certifed on average
to contain at least 57% pre-consumer recycled content and
5% post-consumer content. And for your LEED

project, our
acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content
points under the Materials and Resources section. Other
LEED

categories may also apply depending upon the


project requirements.
Warranty
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date
of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
** See feld painting instructions.
Product Data Sheet
SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS
TYPE II
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018365-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnish.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Skyway Ceiling Clouds
Type II as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of medium density laminated to 1/8 molded fberglass on
both face and back. Absorptive thickness: shall be (choose
one) 1-1/4, 1-3/4 or 2-1/4.
2.3 Sizes: ____ width and _____high or as shown on drawings.
Standard maximum is 48 x 120. Custom sizes are
available. Panels are to be manufactured according to feld
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be square or custom__________
(specify). Corner detail shall be Square or radius.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ___________________________
______________ (specify fnish manufacture, pattern
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges and returned to the back to provide
a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Optional
backing includes fabric or scrim (specify).
2.6 Standard mountings shall be resin spots for either feld
applied self-drilling acoustical anchors or ceiling grid
mains (by others). Both are attached via wire or cable (by
others). (Please specify).
2.7 Acoustical Performance: panels shall have a minimum NRC
of_____(please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423.
2.8 Flammability: All panel components shall have a Class A:
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
LOADED VINYL PANEL
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Loaded Vinyl wall
and ceiling panels are designed to stop unwanted sound
transmission while absorbing ambient noise. Use for speech
privacy in offces, meeting rooms or patient consultation areas;
as well as a general sound barrier for traffc or industrial noise.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard with resin hardened edge protection. Backing is a
1
/8
Loaded Vinyl barrier, fully adhered to the fberglass. Optional
1
/8 16-20 PCF molded fberglass face offers additional impact
resistance. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the
panel and returned to the back for a full fnished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses available are based on
1
/8 Loaded Vinyl combined
with , 1, 1- and 2 fberglass, with optional
1
/8 molded
fberglass face. Widths are up to 48, and lengths to 12.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.
FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A
comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is also available from
Sanitas, Designtex and Maharam.
MOUNTING
Mounting choices include perimeter adhesive, Z-clip and
concealed splines for walls, and Z-bar to Z-bar on ceilings.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Loaded Vinyl prevents unwanted sound transmission through
ceilings, walls and foors.
1
/8 thickness provides an STC of 27.
The balance of the panel is essentially an A100 Series Acoustical
Wall Panel providing excellent acoustical absorption virtually
anywhere sound absorption is required. A100 fabric wrapped
panels have been tested for their acoustical performance:
Thickness NRC
.70
1 .80
1 .95
2 1.05
3 1.15
The noise reduction coeffcients were derived from tests
conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A
mounting.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component except the loaded backing has a Class I/A
rating according to ASTM E 84*. Loaded backing passes
UL 94.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Loaded Vinyl acoustical ceiling and wall panels can utilize an
Owens Corning fberglass board core that is third-party
certifed for recycled content. The board is certifed by SCS
to contain at least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Loaded Vinyl acoustical wall and ceiling panels have a limited
3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are
warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or fre
risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Loaded Vinyl Panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
Inc., 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of 6-7
pcf density, backed by
1
/8 Loaded Vinyl barrier, fully adhered
to the fberglass, (faced with optional
1
/8 16-20 PCF
molded fberglass). Thickness (choose one)
7
/8, 1-
1
/8, 1-
5
/8,
2-
1
/8 or custom. (Add
1
/8 to these sizes if optional molded
fberglass face is required.)
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to feld dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are
1
/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, bevel, miter, or custom
__________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius
or custom __________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profles available) or custom
__________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: perimeter adhesive, Z-clip or concealed
splines for walls, and Z-bar to Z-bar on ceilings. (Circle
one). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws,
etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components except the loaded
backing shall have a Class A fre rating in accordance with
ASTM E-84. Loaded backing must pass UL 94.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
LOADED VINYL PANEL
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018117-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Product Data Sheet
LOW FREQUENCY TUNER
WALL AND CEILING PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Low Frequency Tuner
wall and ceiling panels are designed for areas requiring special
control of low frequency sound without over-damping highs.
This is one product with a truly balanced absorption across
the entire audio spectrum! Used in critical music practice and
performance areas, often in conjunction with standard A100
Series panels.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard with resin hardened edge protection laminated
with a special un-perforated vinyl member that allows selective
acoustical transparency. Fabric fnish is completely adhered to
the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full fnished
edge. All corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
The special acoustical purpose of this product requires a 2
core. Maximum size is 4x12.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specifed.
Available choices include: square, radius, and bevel.
FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Low Frequency Tuner wall and ceiling panels provide a
balanced acoustical absorption for the common problem of
over-absorption of highs and under-absorption of lows. The
special under-fabric layer traps lows while selectively refecting
high frequencies.
The following noise reduction coeffcients were derived from
tests in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type D5 mounting.
NRC rating is 0.35.
FrequencyHZ Absorption Coeffcient
250 0.32
500 0.42
1000 0.27
2000 0.18
SAA 0.32
NRC 0.30
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Low Frequency Tuner panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Low Frequency Tuner panels have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or fre
risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Low Frequency Tuner
Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of 6-7
pcf density laminated to an un-perforated vinyl member that
allows selective acoustical transparency. Thickness is 2.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 144
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to feld dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are
1
/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-
bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify).
Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profles available) or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be _______________________________
_________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO

, Panel
Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to
Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/ VELCRO

or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have an NRC no less
than 0.30 and not greater than 0.40, in accordance with
ASTM C-423 (Type D5 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018118-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
LOW FREQUENCY TUNER
WALL AND CEILING PANELS
Product Data Sheet
METRO REBOUND PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Metro Rebound panels
are designed for use in high abuse areas requiring sound
absorption and clean-ability. A pan of perforated co-polymer
over fberglass allows sound absorption while withstanding
many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums, hotels, multi-
purpose rooms anywhere requiring a durable, acoustically
absorbent panel.
CONSTRUCTION
This panel features an innovative combination of dimensionally
stable 6-7 PCF glass fberboard, with a
1
/16 resilient perforated
co-polymer face sheet with heat-formed edges. A white scrim
layer is optional under the co-polymer sheet.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses include: 1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16 and 2-
1
/16. Widths are up to
48, and lengths to 116 for 1, and 114 for 2. Custom widths
up to 51 are available with 1-
1
/16 thickness. Standard tolerance
is
1
/8; a reveal of
1
/4 is required between panels.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges, square only, are resin hardened underneath the heat-
formed co-polymer.
FINISHES
The co-polymer is available in 4 standard/stocked colors with
many custom colors also available.
MOUNTING
Standard wall mountings include; spot adhesive with optional
impaling clips, Z-clip, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-bar
to Z-bar is the recommended ceiling mount.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modifed to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the
aesthetics desired in their applications.
Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their
performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures
in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your
Sales Representative, or the Companys Technical Services
Department for assistance in determining the proper panels,
and their acoustical specifcations, for your application.
R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a fnish.
1 4.1
1-
1
/
2
6.2
2 8.3
3 12.5
4 16.6
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Metro Rebound panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Metro Rebound panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting
from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free
from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Metro Rebound panels shall be: Metro Rebound panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of medium 6-7 PCF density, laminated to a
1
/16 resilient
perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one)
1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16, 2-
1
/16 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 116
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes up to 51 widths
are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be
manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/16 in
width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be square. Corner detail shall be square.
Edge treatment shall be resin hardened beneath
heat-formed co-polymer.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be ______________________________
________ (specify co-polymer color). Co-polymer shall be
applied directly to face and edges of the panel.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive,
Lay-in, Magnet, VELCRO,

Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip


to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended
for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO


or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied
by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 Test Procedure.
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16 per
inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018122-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
METRO REBOUND PANELS
Product Data Sheet
REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Refective Wall
Panels are designed for theaters, auditoriums and listening
environments requiring acoustical refection; usually to
balance other absorption elements.
CONSTRUCTION
Core construction comes in two basic formats. First is MDO
(Medium Density Overlay) plywood which is available in
either a gel-coat or fabric fnish. Second is a dimensionally
stable 6-7 PCF glass fberboard with resin hardened edge
protection, faced with a
1
/16 resilient co-polymer sheet, all
covered with fabric. Fabric fnishes are completely adhered
to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full
fnished, fully tailored edge.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available MDO thickness is with optional built up wood
edges, maximum size 4 x 8. Fiberglass-based refectors:
thicknesses include 1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16 and 2-
1
/16. Widths are up to
53 and lengths to 10.
EDGE DETAIL
Standard edge details are square and bevel. Built up edges
are available to hide mounting hardware.
FINISH
Gel-Coat is standard with MDO, often with the back painted
black. A wide variety of fabrics are also available from all
major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie,
and Designtex.
MOUNTING
Standard mounting for MDO is Z-bar to Z-bar. Fiberglass-
based refectors are also available in adhesive, Z-Clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips (with adhesive) or hook and
loop.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Refective Wall Panels provide excellent acoustical
performance for, theaters, auditoriums or other venues
requiring sound refection. 1-
1
/16 fberglass-based refectors
achieve an NRC of 0.20.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating, with the exception of the MDO
plywood.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Refective Wall Panels, depending on construction may utilize
an Owens Corning fberglass board core that is eligible to
bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board
is certifed on average to contain at least 57% recycled glass,
with 5% post-consumer and 52% pre-consumer content.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials
and Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also


apply depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Refective Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000547-L. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until
all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed
and dry. Building shall be properly enclosed and under
standard occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F
and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to
the acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Refective Wall Panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Refective Wall Panels shall be constructed of a
MDO Medium Density Overlay plywood. Optional
fberglass-based refectors will be constructed of a
composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of 6-7 PCF density covered with
1
/16 co-polymer of
1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16, 2-
1
/16 or custom thickness ____________
(specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 96 high
(nominal) for MDO. Standard maximum is 53 wide x
10 high for fberglass-based refectors. Custom or larger
sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be
manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify).
Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel fnish shall be gel-coat (MDO only) or ________
________________________________ (specify fnish
manufacturer, pattern, color and specifer). Finish shall
be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel
and returned to the back to provide a full fnished edge.
All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Standard MDO mounting is Z-bar to Z-bar. Fiberglass
mounting shall be adhesive / resin spots, adhesive no
resin, Impaling / adhesive, spline, VELCRO,

z-clip to
double wall clip, Z-bar to Z-bar, z-clip / VELCRO

or
custom____________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and additional hanging
hardware are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Flammability All panel components except MDO
plywood shall have a Class A fre rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
URBAN FOREST PANELS
APPLICATION
Urban Forest panels are designed for use in high abuse areas
requiring sound absorption and clean-ability. A pan of
perforated co-polymer over fberglass allows sound absorption
while withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in
gymnasiums, hotels, multi-purpose rooms anywhere requiring
a durable, acoustically absorbent panel with a faux wood fnish.
CONSTRUCTION
This panel features an innovative combination of dimensionally
stable 6-7 PCF glass fberboard, with a
1
/16 resilient perforated
co-polymer face sheet with heat-formed edges. A white or black
scrim layer is optional under the co-polymer sheet.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses include:1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16 and 2-
1
/16. Widths are up
to 48 for 1 and 46 for 2. Lengths are up to 116 for 1,
and 114 for 2. Standard tolerance is
1
/8; a reveal of
1
/4 is
required between panels.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges, square only, are resin hardened underneath the
heat-formed co-polymer.
FINISH
The co-polymer is available in many standard wood-grains.
See ____________________ for details.

MOUNTING
Standard wall mountings include; spot adhesive with optional
impaling clips, Z-clip, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-bar
to Z-bar is the recommended ceiling mount.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
All Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology products are
constantly modifed to achieve their maximum acoustical
performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their
applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness,
and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM
procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory.
Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifcations, for your
application.
R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a fnish.
1 4.1
1- 6.2
2 8.3
3 12.5
4 16.6
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Urban Forest panels can utilize an Owens Corning fberglass
board core that is third-party certifed for recycled content.
The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least 57%
recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Urban Forest panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting
from date of shipment The panels are warranted to be free
from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard fnishes, or designer specifed fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical panels shall be: Urban Forest Wall Panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Techbology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass
of medium 6-7 PCF density, laminated to a
1
/16 resilient
perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one)
1-
1
/16, 1-
9
/16, 2-
1
/16 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 for 1 panels, and
46 for 2 thick panels. Length maximums are 116 for
1 panels and 114 for 2. Panels are to be manufactured
according to feld dimensions supplied by the installing
contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/8 in width and
length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be square. Corner detail shall be square.
Edge treatment shall be resin hardened beneath heat-
formed co-polymer.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be Riga Birch, Honey Maple, Pearwood,
Wild Apple, Spiced Fruitwood, Black Cherry or custom
____________________ (specify color). Co-polymer shall
be applied directly to face and edges of the panel.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive,
Lay-in, Magnet, VELCRO

, Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip


to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended
for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO


or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard
continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the
contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16
per inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
URBAN FOREST PANELS
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conwedwalltech.com
Pub. No. 10018125-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. February 2013.
2013 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Product Data Sheet
WEDGE WALL PANELS
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wedge Wall Panels
are used for directed acoustical absorption or refection
combined with strong design elements. Product is suitable
for theaters and other critical listening environments.
CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
glass fberboard attached at an angle to an MDO plywood
backer and ribs, covered face and edges with a layer of
16-20 pcf molded fberglass for absorption, or for refection,
the face is a MDO plywood sheet. Finishes are
completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned
to the back for a full fnished, fully tailored edge.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Maximum size is 16 square feet, with a maximum length of
8, and minimum width of 2. Minimum depth is 1-
1
/2.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are square and covered with
1
/8 molded fberglass.
FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
MOUNTING
Standard mounting is Z-Clip to Z-Bar. Z-Bar to Z-Bar, or
a combination of Z-Bar on the top, and VELCRO

on the
bottom are also available.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Components, with the exception of the MDO plywood have
been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A
rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Wedge Wall Panels utilize an Owens Corning fberglass board
core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled
content. The board is certifed on average to contain at least
57% pre-consumer and 5% post-consumer recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials
and Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also


apply depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Wedge Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date
of shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
WEDGE WALL PANELS
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000550-F. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until
all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed
and dry. Building shall be properly enclosed and under
standard occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to
the acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Wedge Wall Panels
as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Wedge Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of
6-7 pcf density mounted to a MDO backer.
1
/8
molded fberglass of 16-20 pcf density shall cover face
and edges for absorptive panels, and
1
/16 unperforated
copoly shall cover the face for refective panels.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown
on drawings. Standard maximum size is 16 square feet,
with lengths not exceeding 8, and widths not less than
2. Custom smaller sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to feld
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are
1
/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square. Corner detail shall be:
Square. Edges will be covered with
1
/8 molded fberglass
of 16-20 pcf density.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be __________________________
______________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the
back of the panel to provide a full fnished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Z-Clip to Wall Bar, Z-Clip to Double
Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Z-Clip / VELCRO

or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
OMNI PLANE DIFFUSER PANEL
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Omni Plane Diffuser
Panel used for walls and ceilings combines absorption and
diffusion into one sound panel. Used in any critical listening
environment, the product is often combined with A100 Series
sound panels which are similar in appearance.
CONSTRUCTION
The patented internal structure uses two layers of 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard separated by a proprietary vinyl layer to form a
low-profle, composite absorber/diffuser product.
The layers have a pattern of wells that yield an equal
distribution of absorptive and refective regions, both vertically
and horizontally. Their constructive and destructive interference
with incident sound, produced by the varied hole-pattern
combinations and varied hole-depth, creates signifcant sound
scattering in the critical mid-frequencies.
Panel is completed with resin hardened edge protection and
fabric completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned
to the back for a full fnished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1 and the standard 2. Maximum sizes
are 3x5 for ceiling panels and 4x10 for walls.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened and square.
FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
MOUNTING
Standard mountings for ceilings include Z-Bar to Z-Bar and
lay-in. Wall panel mounting includes Impaling clips with
perimeter adhesive and Z-clip.
SUPER ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
The Omni Plane Diffuser provides excellent acoustical
performance for music studios, control rooms, worship areas,
auditoriums and wherever combined sound diffusion and
absorption is required.
SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS
HZ 1 A* 1E400 2A
125 0.09 0.43 0.23
250 0.21 0.28 0.83
500 0.72 0.51 0.78
1000 0.79 0.76 1.01
2000 0.91 0.99 0.90
4000 1.03 1.10 0.78
NRC 0.65 0.65 0.90
*A mount is typical impaling/perimeter adhesive wall mounting.
E400 is a typical ceiling mount with a 16 plenum space.
RANDOM INCIDENCE SOUND SCATTERING PER ISO 17497-1
HZ
125 0.00
250 0.03
500 0.00
1000 0.05
2000 0.42
4000 0.51
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Omni Plane Diffuser Panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fberglass board core that is third-party certifed for recycled
content. The board is certifed by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
The Omni Plane Diffuser Panels have a limited 3-year warranty
starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to
be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
OMNI PLANE DIFFUSER PANEL
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018113-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: The Omni Plane Diffuser
Panel as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core with two layers of dimensionally stable rigid
fberglass of 6-7 pcf density separated by a proprietary
vinyl layer. Thickness (choose one) 1 or 2.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 36x 60 for ceilings
and 48 wide x 120 high for wall panels. Custom sizes
within these limitations are standard. Panels are to be
manufactured according to feld dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be: Square.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be __________________________
______________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back
of the panel to provide a full fnished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Z-Bar to Z-Bar or Lay-in for ceilings,
Z-Clip or impaling clip / perimeter adhesive for walls.
Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.)
and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fame spread rating of 25 or less in accordance with
ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

DIFFUSERS:
BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
DESCRIPTION & USES
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers are designed
for use in performance areas, auditoriums and other facilities
requiring enhanced quality and acoustical performance. Diffusers
scatter and blend sounds for a broad range of frequencies and
improve the quality of music environments.
By refecting and absorbing sounds, diffusers blend the sound
feld in a room resulting in a more pleasant listening experience.
Various sizes of barrel and pyramidal diffusers are available to
meet the most demanding project needs. These rugged and
easy to install diffusers are supplied with hardware for either
wall or ceiling applications.
COMPOSITION
Diffusers are constructed of
1
/8 thermoformed fre resistant
plastic, and are molded to a one-piece barrel or a special offset
pyramidal shape. The surface is white and lightly textured, or,
fabric can be applied directly to the face forming a full fnished
edge with tailored corners. The internal portion can be lined
with a 1-
1
/2 thick layer of glass fber batt to enhance sound
absorption.
AVAILABILITY
Diffusers are offered in a white lemon peel texture, or
are available with fabric coverings. Contact Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology for available fabrics and colors.
Barrel Diffuser frst dimension indicates the faceted side.
* These sizes are available in rigid
fberglass only. Custom shapes and
sizes are available upon request.
PHYSICAL PROPERTY
DATA
Surface burning
characteristics:
Components have been
tested in accordance
with ASTM E84* and
determined to have a
Class I/A rating.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modifed to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the
aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available
in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested
in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited
laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or
the Companys Technical Services Department for assistance
in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical
specifcations, for your application.
NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT
The NRC value for each product was determined in
conformance with Test method ASTM C 423, using the D5
mounting (5mm airspace):
Pyramidal NRC
4x4 Thermoformed .10
Barrel NRC
4x4 Thermoformed .10
Data is also available upon request for fabric covered, insulated
interior and other mounting confgurations.
MOUNTING
Wall Diffusers, which have a straight edge, mount using a
combination of L-angles and hook and loop fasteners.
Ceiling Diffusers normally come in a fanged confguration to
ft standard-sized ceiling grid. Note that internally lined diffusers
require heavy-duty grid. Optionally, Ceiling Diffusers can be
supplied with straight edge and L-angles for direct mounting to
solid surfaces.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
3-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or
fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment which takes into account all of
the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Type Nominal Size
Pyramidal 2 x 2
2 x 4
4 x 4
Barrel 2 x 2
2 x 4
3 x 3
4 x 2
4 x 3
4 x 4
* 4 x 8
* 6 x 3
* 6 x 4
* 8 x 4
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

DIFFUSERS:
BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustic diffusers is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown
on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate
technical information including test data and maintenance
instructions. Where specifed, submit fabric selector cards
from manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions prior to installation.
1.5 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Pyramidal Diffusers shall be constructed of: 0.125
Thermoformed plastic: 2x2, 2x4 and 4x4 Pyramidal.
Actual wall mount sizes are 22-
7
/8 and 46-
7
/8. The diffuser
is molded in one-piece special offset pyramidal shape. If
required, the internal pyramidal portion of the diffuser shall
have (1 thick layer glass fber batt adhered to it) or
(fre resistant gypsum board). Sizes shall be nominal (2x2),
(2x4), (4x4), (custom).
2.2 Barrel Diffusers shall be constructed of: 0.125
Thermoformed plastic: 2x2, 2x4, 3x3, 4x2, 4x3, 4x4,
4x8, 6x3, 6x4, 8x4 and custom. Actual wall mount sizes
are undersized 1-
1
/8 (example: 2x4 is actually 22-
7
/8 and
46-
7
/8. The diffuser is molded in one-piece special barrel
shape. If required, the internal concave surface of the
diffuser shall have 1 thick layer glass fber batt adhered;
standard for 4x6 and larger.
2.3 Panel fnish shall be (white, lightly textured), (woven
polyester fabric), (manufacturer approved custom fabric).
Fabric fnish shall be applied directly to the face and edges
of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to
provide a full fnished edge; all corners to be fully tailored.
2.4 Edges shall be (fanged) for laying into grid, or (straight) for
wall and some ceiling applications.
2.5 Where ceiling diffusers with internal liner are specifed
(standard for 4x6 and larger), the grid shall be rated heavy
duty. All grid shall be
15
/16 inch width.
2.6 Diffusers shall be mounted utilizing concealed L-Angle/
Hook and Loop for wall application.
2.7 Diffusers shall have a Noise Reduction Coeffcient of ____,
and sound absorption coeffcients of ___ at 125 Hz, ___ at
250 Hz, ___ at 500 Hz, ___ at 1000 Hz, ___ at 2000 Hz,
and ___ at 4000 Hz. (Select values from Technical Bulletin
Application & Performance of Acoustic Wall & Ceiling
Diffusers)
2.8 All components utilized in the construction of the Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers shall meet a
Class A rating as tested per ASTM E-84, Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Installation of all Diffusers shall not begin until all wet
work, such as plastering, concrete, etc. is completely dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and at not more
than 80% R.H. in an enclosed building.
3.2 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to panel
installation.
3.3 All Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers
specifcations and recommendations.
3.4 All necessary hardware and accessories for the complete
job installation are to be furnished by the contractor.
3.5 Protection Protect installed work from damage due to
subsequent construction activity on the site.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 100181114-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Product Data Sheet
RESPOND

BAFFLES:
FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK
APPLICATION
FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK CONSTRUCTION
The core construction of dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fberboard with resin hardened edge protection. D-Ring
support. Fabric is continuous at the bottom of the Fold-Up
Baffe, with visible seams on the vertical edges.
EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened. Fold-Up Baffes have square edges,
Back-to-Back is available in: square, radius, bevel, and half bevel.
FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam for Back-to-Back
Baffes.
MOUNTING
Fold-up and Back-to-Back Baffes utilize D-Rings.
EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Baffes provide excellent large area acoustical performance for
auditoriums, theaters, offces, libraries, eating establishments and
classrooms. Our products are constantly modifed to achieve
their maximum acoustical performance while providing the
aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available
in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested
in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited
laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or
the Companys Technical Services Department for assistance
in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical
specifcations, for your application.
FIRE PERFORMANCE
All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating.
RECYCLED CONTENT
Baffes can utilize an Owens Corning fberglass board core
that is third-party certifed for recycled content. The board is
certifed by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED

project, our acoustical panels can help


you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Baffes have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are
warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
1-800-932-2383
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018112-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
RESPOND

BAFFLES:
FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard fnishes, or designer specifed
fnishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Baffes: Fold-Up or Back-
to-Back as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Baffes shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fberglass of 6-7
pcf density. Fold-Up or Back-to-Back thickness (choose
one) 1, 1-
1
/
2
or 2.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Fold-Up maximum size is 4 wide x 8 high, or
6 wide x 2 high, and Back-to-Back maximum size is 4 x
12 or 5 x 10 in any orientation. Custom sizes available;
consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured
according to feld dimensions supplied by the installing
contractor. Standard tolerances are
1
/
16
in width and
length.
2.4 Edge profle shall be square for Fold-Up Baffes. Back-to-
back edges can be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner
detail shall be: Square. Edge treatment shall be resin
hardened.
2.5 Panel fnish shall be __________________________
______________ (specify fnish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifer). Finish shall be applied directly over
the faces and all edges of the baffes. All corners are fully
tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be vertical attachment to D-Rings with
Fold-Up and Back-to-back Baffes. Any miscellaneous
fasteners are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance Baffes shall have a minimum
Sabins rating of ____________________ (specify) when
tested in accordance with ASTM C423 Procedure.
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fre rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken
or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
INSPECTION
Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage
before accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology (1-800-932-2383) of any concealed damage
within fve (5) business days of receipt. Claims beyond
fve (5) days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape/Wall Technology or the freight company.
Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your
sales representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal
costs of unacceptable panels.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Clean white gloves must be used whenever handling ceiling
panels.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on edge.
Keep panels dry, clean and free from dust and damage.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS








Cruciform Grid Grid Connector Perimeter Grid
Spring Retainer Clip
Saddle Clip
Panel Pull Tool Torsion Spring
Spacer Bar
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
1. Review layout drawings and determine location of
hardware. Panels are labeled on the back to correspond
with installation drawings.
2. Hang Grid Mains using methods for standard grid (ASTM C
636). A minimum of one (1) wire every 4 along grid mains
is recommended, follow local codes.
3. Install Grid Connectors as required at grid joints. Fasten
onto the web of the grid joint with 2 self tapping screws
(below).



Best Practice
Keep wires plumb to Grid Mains

Install Grid Connectors at the
web or thin part of the grid
4. Install Spring Retainer Clips and Torsion Springs
a. On the long side of the panel (unless otherwise
specifed) apply 1 spring on each end as shown. Add
additional springs (and center) depending on length:
More then 36 add 1, more than 60 add 2, more than
84 add 3, more than 108 add 4 (total of 6 springs per
side, or 12 per panel).
b. If the panel has a return on one end, add an additional
spring near the return.
c. Note that spring hardware positioning is fexible;
however do not use less than the recommended
amount of springs!

Torsion Spring
fits tight against corner gusset
ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM

Spacer Bars are installed about
every 4 and are staggered. Note:
perimeter Spacer Bars are shorter!
Saddle Clip spacing must match
spring placement on panels.

5. Install Spacer Bars and Saddle Clips
a. Transfer the spacing of the Spring Retainer Clips on the
panels to the grid and apply Saddle Clips.
b. Install Spacer Bars as shown. Note: When working
around ceiling obstructions, the Spring Retainer Clips
and Saddle Clips can be moved when necessary.
6. Hang each panel from one side by securing the Torsion
Springs into the Saddle Clips. Note that interior panels and
perimeter panels hang from opposite sides of the Saddle
Clip!

Interior panel is shown in a
hanging position
Perimeter panel is shown
in a hanging position. Note
Perimeter grid


Engage!
Push Up In The Middle Of A
Panel Side Between The Grid Mains
All Torsion Springs attached
7. Swing the panel to a horizontal position and attach the
remaining springs. Engage as shown. Common practice is to
install one row at a time.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Torsion Springs must
be vertical and panel
in proper alignment
before installing the
next panel!
8. Panels must be aligned one-at-a-time as installed. Usually,
aligning Saddle Clips or Spring Retainer Clips to ensure
springs are in the right place and vertical will resolve
alignment issues. Attempting to install all panels and then
aligning as a second step will result in failure!!!
Penetrations
Penetrations are handled similar to most drop-ceiling
applications. Use escutcheon plates where appropriate for
penetrations.
Avoid cutting near panel frames. 3 minimum is
recommended.
Independently support all suspended items including
sprinklers, lights, diffusers and etceteras.
Removal Cleaning Guidelines
For fabric and painted fnishes, general maintenance for dust
removal is light brushing or vacuuming. Fingerprints and light
soiling can often be removed using a dry chemical sponge or an
art gum eraser. For more vigorous treatments on fabric covered
panels, the fabric manufacturer should be consulted. Most
polyester fabrics clean well by sponging with the foam from a
mild detergent or upholstery shampoo, followed by rinsing with
a clean sponge. Other cleaning agents, including solvent-based
cleaners can be used to remove spotting, however always pre-
test in an unseen area.

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.comm
Pub. No. 10018108-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Installation Instructions
GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS
Fabric Panels, page 1
Painted Panels, page 2
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step
list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer
has general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for installation actions taken or
not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
INSPECTION
Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage before
accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology of any concealed damage within 5 business
days of receipt. Claims beyond 5 days will be honored at
the discretion of Conwed/Wall Technology or the freight
company.
RECOMMENDED PRACTICE
Square the grid before beginning the installation to avoid
later alignment issues. Less than 1/16 variation in diagonal
measurements should be targeted.
Common practice is to install wall angle lower than the
face of the grid to hide feld cut edges. If this cannot be
done then follow steps below.
Step 1: If you have a fabric that makes the panels directional,
make sure the arrows on the backs of the panels are aligned
and make your cuts to maintain that direction. Its a good
practice to measure both edges of the grid opening, and mark
those on the panel face.
Step 2: Pull the fabric back from the cut edge just over
and not farther! Cut the core to the fnished size. Note that if
the fabric is pulled back too far, it will leave an objectional line
on the face of the panel.
Step 3: Use a spray contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 to
coat both the panel core edge and the fabric. Do not get the
adhesive on the face of the panel.
Step 4: If the direction of the fabric caused you to cut off
an edge that rested on the grid, use the GL Perimeter Clips
providedup to 30 use 2 clips. Add one clip in the center for
longer edges. Note that the longer part of the clip is inserted
in the panel.
Installation Instructions
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018106-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS
PAINTED PANEL GUIDELINES
Also applies to Scrim-Faced (non-painted) Panels
In many cases, feld cut edges can be hidden with a T or L
channel. Often lights, sprinkler heads and similar items have
escutcheon plates that will cover the exposed core. However
if the feld-cut edge is exposed, please follow the example
below.
1. Required materials:
a. Pre-painted fberglass mat from the factory.
2. Recommended Tools:
a. Clean gloves for handling the panels
b. Small circular saw with rip fence
c. Shop knife
d. Contact spray adhesive
e. Straight Edge (T square)
f. Pencil
g. 120 grit sandpaper
3. Determine new dimensions for the panel.
4. Lay the panel face down on a clean surface.
5. Verify panels original dimensions.
6. Mark the back of the panel to the new dimensions. Painted
panels are non-directional, so for Interlocken 2.0 panels,
cut off a non-supporting edge.
7. Cut through the thickness
of the panel on the
mark for the new panel
dimensions. Use a rip
fence if available.
8. Cut a strip of the pre-
painted mat to cover the cut edge of the panel. The strip
of pre-painted mat should be cut oversize. Mark the back
of the pre-painted mat for easy identifcation.
9. Spray contact glue on
the pre-painted mat and
panel edge. Make sure to
spray on the backside of
the mat, and make sure to
NOT get any glue on the
panel face!
10. Apply the pre-painted mat
to the edge of the panel.
Make sure that all panel
edges have good contact
with the mat.
11. Immediately trim using
knife as shown. Cut against
a hard surface. Note that
cutting short ends frst
helps prevent tearing the
mat.
12. Only if necessary,
touch up the edges
with LIGHT sanding (120
grit).
13. Only if necessary, touch-
up the corners with touch-
up paint provided.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular
uses of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be
considered a recommendation.
Dimension
Mark
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
IMPALING CLIP/ADHESIVE
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help
avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-
by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free
from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
INSTALLATION
1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,
grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would
interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is
not reasonably fat then panel alignment will be
compromised.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping
lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the
wall.
3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until
adhesive dries.
4. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips
per panel:
Width 12 12 12 12 12 30 48 48 48 48 48
Height 48 84 108 132 144 48 48 84 108 132 144
# Clips 3 4 5 6 6 5 5 8 10 12 12
5. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
products have successfully used the following construction
mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and
others. (This is not a product endorsement.)
6. Apply a picture frame of adhesive about 1 from the edge
(contacting the vinyl or fabric), and an S or W in the p
anel center. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to
release the solvents and then reposition.
7. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the
panel faces.
Contact your local representative for ceiling application.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
IMPALING CLIP/
ADHESIVE WITH RESIN SPOTS
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help
avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-
by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free
from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
INSTALLATION
1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,
grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would
interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface
is not reasonably fat then panel alignment will be
compromised.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping
lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the
wall.
3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until
adhesive dries.
4. Do not install impaling clips at resin spot locations.
5. Fully seat any fasteners used to attach impaling clips to the
wall.
6. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips
per panel:
Wlotb 12 12 12 12 12 30 48 48 48 48 48
Helgbt 48 84 108 132 144 48 48 84 108 132 144
# Cllps 3 4 5 6 6 5 5 8 10 12 12
7. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
products have successfully used the following construction
mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and
others. (This is not a product endorsement.)
8. Panels are supplied with chemically hardened resin spots
on the panel back. Using resin spots, place a 2 diameter
dab of construction mastic on each hardened spot.
9. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to release the
solvents and then reposition. Temporary support will likely
be required to prevent panel slippage (When Impaling
Clips are not used).
10. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the
panel faces.
Contact your local representative for ceiling application.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
Installation Instructions
RESPOND

BAFFLES
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000551-8. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
INSPECTION
Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage
before accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology of any concealed damage
within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5
days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.
Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your
area representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal
costs of unacceptable panels.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and
free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
INSTALLING THE BAFFLES
1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of
the frst baffe.
2. Suspend baffes vertically to either eyehooks or
D-Rings as supplied. Standard placement is 6 from
each edge, and approximately every 24 in the feld
with a maximum spacing of 30 on 72 wide panels (3
eyehooks or D-Rings).
3. Ganging baffes together is usually done using continuous
Velcro strips (supplied by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology) on vertical edges; this also seals out light
penetration between baffes.
4. In a similar manner, Velcro attached to the bottom of the
baffe can be used for attachment to offce dividers or
similar situations.
Note: We strongly recommend that baffes not be ganged
vertically.
Th Th ff ll ll dd ll hh hh ll dd dd ff


Installation Instructions
RESPOND

DIFFUSER
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
INSPECTION
Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage
before accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify us of any concealed
damage within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond
5 days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.
Do not install products of unacceptable quality. Contact
your area sales representative immediately. We will not be
responsible for installation or removal costs of unacceptable
product.
WALL MOUNTED BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
DIFFUSERS
1. Using the 6 L-Clips as a template, drill
1
/8 pop-rivet
holes in the front, top lip of the diffuser. Holes should be
drilled from the gel coat side and located so the face of
the clip is fush with the lip of the diffuser.
2. Drill
1
/8 pop-rivet holes for hook & loop bracket in
similar manner. (Diagrams show locations.)
3. Install L-Clips at top of diffuser and hook & Loop
brackets at bottom of diffuser with white-headed
pop-rivets. Insert pop-rivet from gel coat side.
4. Mount 6 wall bar to wall using appropriate fasteners
to secure to wall structure. Top of wall bar should be
located
1
/8 below desired height of diffuser. Be sure to
allow a 1 minimum clearance above top of wall bar to
engage L-Clip on wall bar.
5. Peel off white back of hook & Loop to expose adhesive
and insert L-Clips onto wall brackets. With L-Clips fully
engaged, level and adjust position. Press bottom of
diffuser to wall to adhere hook & loop bracket.
DIFFUSER INSTALLATION
Small Diffuser Parts List, up to 48 x 48
2 6 Wall Bars
2 6 L-Clips
1 6 Hook & Loop Bracket
Locate and install as shown:
L-Clips
Hook & Loop
Installation Instructions
RESPOND

DIFFUSER
Large Diffuser Parts List, Either Dimension over 48
Hardware amounts and placement varies on large diffusers
depending on vertical or horizontal orientation. Enough
hardware is supplied to allow for either:
Large Diffuser Parts List
3 6 Wall Bars
3 6 L-Clips
4 6 Hook & Loop Brackets
Note: L-Clips always on top. Locate Hook & Loop on
bottom and sometimes long vertical edges as shown;
equalize spacing.
Sizes and Ceiling Grid Installation
Nominal Sizes
All diffusers are available with an optional fange for ceiling
grid lay-in mounting as shown.
Note that dimensions are slightly downsized such that
the body of the diffuser would ft inside grid of standard
dimensions.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000494-8. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Installation Instructions
SPLINES
WALL & CEILING MOUNTING
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
INSPECTION
Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage
before accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology of any concealed damage
within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5
days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.
Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact
your area representative immediately. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology will not be responsible for
installation or removal costs of unacceptable panels.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and
free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
WALL OPTIONS
The majority of spline attachment is done directly to
drywall often in combination with adhesive.
One common option is to run horizontal fring strips
to even-up wall surfaces and to increase the acoustical
absorption of the wall panel assembly.
PLANNING THE INSTALL
1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of
the frst panel.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally
keeping lines plumb and square.
3. Many installers attach a standard wall angle or wood
nailer to the bottom of the panel run, unless the panels
are resting on the foor. A fabric-covered wall angle can
be supplied.
INSTALLING THE FIRST PANEL
The frst option shown is to cut the short webs from a
standard spline to create a starter spline. Using #6 sheet
rock screws, or other appropriate fasteners, attach to
wall surface. Common screw spacing is approximately
12 inches apart.
As an option, use adhesive along a corner as shown.
High quality wall mastics such as Liquid Nails PL200,
Chemrex 200 and others have been successfully used.
The goal is to attach the fabric to the wall surface. Also,
adhesive can skin over quickly; therefore apply and
mount quickly.
ff ll d l d ff h h l d Th
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10000498-8. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
Installation Instructions
SPLINES
WALL & CEILING MOUNTING
COMPLETING THE INSTALL
Once the frst panel is in place, snugly engage a spline
provided into the kerfed edge, attach to the wall surface
as described above. Note that the spline length is 8. Plan
full-length splines for panels 8 and shorter, and 8 splines
for panels longer than 8. For these longer panels, center
splines.
Engage the next panel on the splined assembly. Be sure
to keep each panel in alignment and plumb.
Normally the last panel in a run is held by adhesive on
the trailing edge.
FIELD CUTTING
1. Pull back fabric just beyond feld cut. Keep as close to
feld cut point as possible without damaging fabric with
feld cut.
2. Cut and remove excess substrate. A small metal cutting
blade works well to cut hardened fberglass edges. Trim
the fabric so it will wrap approximately 2 onto the back
of the panel.
3. Cut strips of laminate (Formica), hardboard or similar
material to match substrate thickness. Apply to the cut
edge with spray adhesive such as 3M Spray 77. This is
required for a crisp, uniform fabric edge.
4. Apply spray adhesive to fabric back, panel edge and 2
of panel back. Wrap fabric to back and tailor corners to
match unaffected corners using a sharp scissors.
CEILING INSTALLATIONS
Spline installation on ceilings is possible in limited situations.
Usually a maximum distance between splines of 30 is
required for 1 or greater fberglass thickness, or no more
than 24 for mineral board. Additional adhesive between
splines is required.
WHS 6WH
Step #4
Step #3
Step #2
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
ADHESIVE, NO RESIN
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help
avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-
by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free
from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
INSTALLATION
1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,
grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would
interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is
not reasonably fat then panel alignment will be
compromised.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping
lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the
wall.
3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until
adhesive dries.
4. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips
per panel:
Width 12 12 12 12 12 30 48 48 48 48 48
Height 48 84 108 132 144 48 48 84 108 132 144
# Clips 3 4 5 6 6 5 5 8 10 12 12
5. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
products have successfully used the following construction
mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and
others. (This is not a product endorsement.)
6. Apply a picture frame of adhesive about 1 from the edge
(contacting the vinyl or fabric), and an S or W in the
panel center. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to
release the solvents and then reposition.
7. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the
panel faces.
Contact your local representative for ceiling application.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Z-BAR WITH HOOK & LOOP
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step
list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer
has general construction knowledge. Conwed|Wall Technology
bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken or not
taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge. Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean
and free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
PLANNING THE INSTALL
1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed|Wall
Technology (Plant Order) and any drawings. Carefully
determine the starting position of the frst panel. Note
markings on panel back include item number from packing
list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.
INSTALLING Z-CLIPS WITH HOOK & LOOP
Z-Clips are on the top row only, with Hook & Loop on the
balance of the panel.
Note; mounting gap from wall to panel Z-Clip is 3/16,
versus 1/8 for Hook & Loop. Panels will be slightly slanted.
Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and
transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing the
panels to the wall can help with location.
Prior to engaging Hook & Loop temporarily hang a panel
or series of panels and check for correct positioning.
With panels removed, remove the taped backing on the
hook and loop.
Engage the Z-Clips and lightly press the Hook & Loop
against the wall, making sure positioning is exact, because
the Hook & Loop fastener is designed for one
application only. Damage to the wall or the panel may
result from removal.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
1-800-932-2383
www.conwedwalltech.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Z-BAR TO Z-BAR
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free
from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
PLANNING THE INSTALL
1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the
frst panel. Note markings on panel back include item
number from packing list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.
INSTALLING Z-BARS
Measure the Z-Bar locations on the back of the panels and
transfer to the wall. Chalking the Z-Bars and pressing
panels to the wall or ceiling can help with location.
Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Bar locations to provide a
Z-Bar locating guide.
Install Z-Bars using appropriate mechanical fasteners for
the mounting surface. Cut Z-Bars to desired lengths, and
use drops as needed.
Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls/ceilings,
assuring proper face alignment.
Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place
to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Bars are engaged.
Add a dab of adhesive to mating Z-Bar surfaces to prevent
unwanted movement.
For ceiling applications ensure panels are positively locked
to prevent disengagement. Some common examples used
in the feld are as follows: Install single pieces or
continuous runs of standard ceiling grid wall angle along the
edge of the panels, or purchase fabric-covered angle; install
wood trim along the panel edges; install a locking screw (by
others) into the ceiling at the outside panel edge. Use a
drywall screw into a ceiling joist or a screw-wall anchor
combination.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Z-CLIP TO Z-BAR
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help
avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-
by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free
from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
PLANNING THE INSTALL
1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the
frst panel. Note markings on panel back include item
number from packing list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.
INSTALLING Z-BARS
Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and
transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing panels
to the wall can help with location.
Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Clip locations to provide
a wall bar locating guide.
Install Z-Bars using appropriate mechanical fasteners for
the mounting surface. Cut Z-Bars to desired lengths, and
use drops as needed.
Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls, assuring
proper face alignment.
Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place
to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Clips are engaged.
Add a dab of adhesive to mating Z-Clip surfaces to
prevent unwanted movement.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Z-CLIP TO DOUBLE WALL BRACKETS
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help
avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-
by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.
Store panels on a fat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on
edge.
Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free
from dust. Pay special attention to edges.
PLANNING THE INSTALL
1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the
frst panel. Note markings on panel back include item
number from packing list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.
INSTALLING DOUBLE WALL BRACKETS
Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and
transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing panels
to the wall can help with location.
For free-foating panels (non-abutting), Double Wall
Brackets (be sure to break in half ) are provided to keep
panels from moving left or right. Where panels abut,
Double Wall Brackets can also span panels as illustrated.
Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Clip locations to provide
a locating guide.
Install Double Wall Brackets using appropriate mechanical
fasteners for the mounting surface.
Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls, assuring
proper face alignment.
Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place
to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Clips are engaged.
Add a dab of adhesive to mating Z-Clip surfaces to
prevent unwanted movement.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for your recent purchase of Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology Wall or Ceiling panels. We believe we manufacture
the highest quality wall and ceiling panels, and that is why we
stand behind them with this warranty. Terms contained herein are
subject to change without notice.
WHO IS COVERED
The original consumer purchaser (i.e. the building owner, not
the installer or contractor) or the frst transferee from the
original purchaser is entitled to the benefts of this warranty.
TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS WARRANTY
You can transfer this warranty one time, anytime during the life
of the warranty. For this warranty to be transferred the Owner
must complete and return the Warranty Transfer within sixty
(60) days after the date of the real estate transfer to obtain the
benefts of this warranty. AFTER YOU HAVE TRANSFERRED
THIS WARRANTY TO THE PURCHASER OF YOUR
PROPERTY, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED AGAIN. THAT
IS, THE PURCHASER OF YOUR PROPERTY MAY NOT
TRANSFER THIS WARRANTY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT
PURCHASERS.
HOW LONG YOU ARE COVERED
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wall and Ceiling Panels
are covered by a THREE (3) year limited warranty. Diffusers
will also be covered by a THREE (3) year limited warranty.
WHAT IS COVERED
We warrant that your Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
Wall or Ceiling panels are free from any manufacturing defects in
material or workmanship.
WHAT IS NOT COVERED
This warranty does not cover any problems with non-defective
panels caused by conditions or handling beyond our control.
Some examples of conditions not covered by this warranty
include:
1. Acts of God, fre, food, exposure to chemicals, physical
abuse or misuse, improper installation.
2. Failure to store panels in a clean, dry area, enclosed and
protected from the elements such as rain, snow and direct
sunlight.
3. Panels being installed or stored in areas having extreme
temperature or humidity (above 80% humidity or
100 degrees F).
4. Failure to install the Wall or Ceiling panels in accordance
with Conwed Designscape|Wall Technologys instructions
or recommendations, including but not limited to using
mountings not supplied or otherwise recommended
by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility
for any installation actions taken or not taken, and is not
responsible for installer selection.
5. Normal wear and tear or from exposure to smoke, fumes,
leaks or abuse.
6. Alterations made after completion of the installation,
including but not limited to, painting or application of
cleaning solutions, coatings or other modifcations.
7. Any Labor Charges.
8. Any costs that you incur that are not authorized in advance
by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology.
REMEDY
Should the Wall or Ceiling Panels be other than as
warranted during the applicable warranty period, Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, at its sole option, will repair or
replace the defective components of the Wall or Ceiling Panel
as well as any other component which must also be repaired
or replaced in order to properly repair or replace the defective
components. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technologys obligation
to pay, however, shall be subject to these limits:
1. Maximum repair or replacement cost to Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology shall be the replacement cost
of the defective component and will not include any labor
charges.
2. The settlement, described above, or at the option of
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology its monetary
equivalent, will be the only remedy available to the Owner
for defective components of the Panels.
NOTIFICATION OF CLAIMS
Claims pursuant to this Warranty must be submitted in writing
together with proof of purchase, installation date and defect,
to Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology 800 Gustafson
Road, Ladysmith, WI, 54848, within 30 days after discovery of
the alleged defect. Within 30 days after receipt of the written
claim, a Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology representative
will contact the Owner to investigate the claim. Call 1-800-
932-2383 for more information regarding the Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology Wall Ceiling Panel warranty
administration.
LIMITATIONS
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING WARRANTY
OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE,
AND WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, IS LIMITED IN
DURATION TO THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED
HEREIN UNLESS A SHORTER PERIOD IS PERMITTED BY
LAW. CONWED/WALL TECHNOLOGY SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OR FOR DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING, ITS CONTENTS
OR ITS OCCUPANTS. THIS WARRANTY CONTAINS
ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF YOUR REMEDIES FROM
CONWED/WALL TECHNOLOGY. LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO
THE PROVISION OF THIS WARRANTY, WHETHER ANY
CLAIM AGAINST IT IS BASED UPON STRICT LIABILITY,
NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR ANY OTHER
THEORY OR CAUSE OF ACTION.
Some states do not allow limitations of how long an implied warranty
lasts or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the
above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty
gives you specifc legal rights and you may also have other rights which
vary from state to state.
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018105-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
WARRANTY
WALL AND CEILING WARRANTY




General Cleaning and Maintenance

Cleaning and Maintenance includes:
Fabric panels
Painted finishes
Copoly finishes
Gel Coat finishes


The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid common errors. They are not in-
tended to be a step-by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the user has
general cleaning knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for
any cleaning or maintenance actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for cleaning per-
sonnel selection.

For fabric and painted finishes including Gel Coat, general maintenance for dust removal is light
brushing or vacuuming. Fingerprints and light soiling can often be removed using a commercial-
ly-available dry chemical sponge. Also, an art gum eraser has been successfully used to re-
move fingerprints, dust and grime. For more vigorous treatments on fabric-covered panels, the
fabric manufacturer should be consulted. Most polyester fabrics clean well by sponging with the
foam from a mild detergent or upholstery shampoo, followed by rinsing with a clean sponge.
Other cleaning agents, including solvent-based cleaners can be used to remove spotting, how-
ever first pre-test in an unseen area.

For Copoly finishes such as the Metro Rebound panel, remove staining materials quickly to min-
imize possible permanent stain. For ordinary dirt and smudges use mild soap and warm water;
clean from the bottom up and rinse often. Do not saturate the panel. Use a soft lint-free cloth to
dry. Do not use steel wool or abrasive cleaners. If a stronger cleaner is required, try Formula
409, Lestoil or Fantastik. As suggested above, first pre-test in an unseen area.

For Gel Coat Touch-up, clean area with rubbing alcohol. Match the color with a latex paint and
apply sparingly using a small art brush. Always pre-test in an unseen area.
Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Product Data Sheet
SELECTSOUND

BLACK ACOUSTIC BOARD


SUPERIOR ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
SelectSound Black acoustic board provides excellent
acoustical performance for multiplex theaters, sound
studios and performing arts centers. Depending on
specifed thickness, SelectSound Black acoustic board
absorbs up to 100% of the sound striking its surface.
SelectSound Black acoustic board helps provide the highest
quality audio reproduction by reducing sound reverberation
within spaces. Sound transfer from space to space is also
noticeably reduced.
DURABLE MATERIAL COMPOSITION
SelectSound Black acoustic board is dimensionally stable and
will not shrink or warp. The boards resilient composition
resists job-site damage. When necessary, the durable black
mat facing may be cleaned by vacuuming. SelectSound Black
acoustic board, composed of inorganic glass fbers, will not
rot or mildew and is noncorrosive to steel, copper and
aluminum.
FAST, HIGH QUALITY INSTALLATION
Lightweight and resilient, SelectSound Black acoustic board
is easy to handle, fabricate and install. Both stick pins
and adhesives can be used to secure boards to drywall,
concrete block or precast concrete.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
SelectSound Black acoustic board is available in 48 x 96
size. It can also be pre-cut in custom sizes to improve
productivity and speed installation.
BLACK CORE WITH DARK BLACK FINISH SURFACE
SelectSound Black acoustic board has a gray/black fber
glass core with a black mat fnish that provides low light
refectivity. The black surface is ideal for eliminating screen
light refections and preventing insulation from showing
through most surface treatments.
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Acoustical performance of interior surfaces can generally
be improved by increasing acoustical material thickness.
SelectSound Black acoustic board can be specifed for use in
conjunction with other Owens Corning acoustical materials
to provide additional performance.
Owens Corning also manufactures SelectSound Black
acoustic blanket. This roll product is ideal for use behind
fabric on theater walls, in sound studios and performing
arts centers.
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
The noise reduction coeffcients of SelectSound Black
acoustic board were derived from tests conducted in
accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
SelectSound Black acoustic board can be installed on
drywall, concrete block or precast concrete using impaling
pins or appropriate adhesives.
When installing insulation with adhesive, follow adhesive
manufacturers recommendations for surface preparation
and pattern.
When using impaling pins, follow the pin manufacturers
recommendations for surface preparation, location and
amount of pins. Pin length should be selected to ensure
tight ft. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.
Keep product dry during shipping, storage and installation.
Typical Physical Properties
Property Test Method Value
Compressive Strength
(minimum)
at 10% deformation
at 25% deformation
ASTM C 165
25 lb./ft.
2
(1,197 Pa)
90 lb./ft.
2
(4,309 Pa)
Water Vapor Sorption
(by weight)
ASTM C 1104 <3% by weight at 120F
(49C), 95% R.H.
Fungi Resistance ASTM C 1338 Meets Requirement
Nominal Density ASTM C 303 3.0 pcf (48 kg/m
3
)
Corrosiveness ASTM C 665
Corrosiveness Test
Will not cause corrosion
greater than that caused by
sterile cotton on aluminum
or steel
1
Surface Burning
Characteristics
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed
ASTM E 84
CAN/ULC-S102
2
25
2
50
1
When wet, coated surfaces in contact with galvanized steel may cause discolor-
ation of the sheet metal.
2
The surface burning characteristics of these products have been determined in
accordance with UL 723 and CAN/ULC-S102-M. These standards should be used
to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in
response to heat and fame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not
be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or fre risk of materials, products or
assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of this test may be used as
elements of a fre risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which
are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use. Values are
reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATION
800 Gustafson Road
Ladysmith, Wisconsin 54848
1-800-932-2383
www.conweddesignscape.com
1-800-359-3312
www.walltechnology.com
Pub. No. 10018367. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013.
2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.
LEED is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.
SELECTSOUND

BLACK ACOUSTIC BOARD


Conceptual Details
For CSI type sample specifcation, please contact your local Owens Corning representative.
Suggested Fastener Locations
48
96
Fasteners should be a minimum of 3 from edge.
Acoustical Performance
Mounting A
Product Type
and Thickness
Density Octave Band Frequencies, Hz. Thermal Resistance
1

R-Value
(hrft
2
F)/Btu
pcf kg/m
3
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC
1 Mat Faced 3.0 48 0.06 0.25 0.62 0.91 0.99 0.98 0.70 4.3
2 Mat Faced 3.0 48 0.18 0.71 1.12 1.12 1.03 1.02 1.00 8.6
1
Derived from test conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423. Type A mounting (material placed against a solid backing such as a block wall.)
Product Data Sheet
SELECTSOUND

BLACK ACOUSTIC BLANKET


OUTSTANDING ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket provides excellent
acoustical performance for walls in multiplex theaters,
sound studios and performing arts centers. SelectSound
Black acoustic blanket is also ideal for use above suspended
metal ceiling systems. Depending on specifed thickness,
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket absorbs up to 80% of
the sound striking its surface.
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket helps provide the
highest quality audio reproduction by reducing sound
reverberation within spaces. Sound transfer from space to
space is also noticeably reduced.
DURABLE MATERIAL COMPOSITION
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is dimensionally stable
and will not shrink or warp. The blankets resilient
composition resists job-site damage. Composed of a mix of
glass fbers, SelectSound Black acoustic blanket will not rot or
mildew and is noncorrosive to steel, copper and aluminum.
As manufactured, fber glass insulation is resistant to mold
growth, however, mold growth can occur on building
materials, including insulation, when it becomes
contaminated with organic material and when water is
present. To avoid mold growth on fber glass insulation,
remove any water that has accumulated and correct or
repair the source of the water as soon as possible.
Insulation that has become wet should be inspected for
evidence of residual moisture and contamination, and any
insulation that is contaminated should be promptly removed
and replaced.
FAST, HIGH QUALITY INSTALLATION
This wider product improves job site productivity and
requires less seams. Lightweight and resilient, SelectSound
Black acoustic blanket is easy to handle, fabricate and install.
Both stick pins and adhesives can be used to secure
insulation to drywall, concrete block or precast concrete.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is available in standard
thicknesses of 1 and 2. A 1 thickness is available
through special order.
The 1 and 1 product is available in 72 W x 70 L rolls,
while the 2 product is available in a 72 W x 50 L roll.
ALL BLACK FIBER WITH BLACK MAT FINISH
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is an all black fber
product with a black mat surface. It is excellent for
eliminating light refections while providing outstanding
acoustical performance.
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Acoustical performance of interior surfaces can generally be
improved by increasing product thickness. SelectSound Black
acoustic blanket can be specifed for use in conjunction with
other Owens Corning acoustical material to provide
additional performance.
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket complies with the
property requirements of ASTM C 553, Type III, 250F
maximum use temperature.
The noise reduction coeffcients of SelectSound Black
acoustic blanket were derived from tests conducted in
accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting.
Meets New York City MEA No.306-03-M.

Typical Physical Properties
Property Test Method Value
Water Vapor Sorption
(by weight)
ASTM C 1104 <3% by weight at 120F
(49C), 95% R.H.
Fungi Resistance ASTM C 1338 Meets Requirement
Corrosiveness ASTM C 665
Corrosiveness Test
Will not cause corrosion
greater than that caused
by sterile cotton on
aluminum or steel
1
Surface Burning
Characteristics
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed
UL723
2
, or CAN/
ULC-S102-M
2
25
2
50
Maximum Air Velocity UL 181 Erosion Test 6,000 fpm (30.5 m/sec.)
1
When wet, coated surfaces in contact with galvanized steel may cause discolor-
ation of the sheet metal.
2
The surface burning characteristics of these products have been determined in
accordance with UL 723 and CAN/ULC-S102-M. These standards should be used
to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in
response to heat and fame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not
be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard or fre risk of materials, products or
assemblies under actual fre conditions. However, results of this test may be used as
elements of a fre risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which
are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a particular end use. Values are
reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATION
800 Gustafson Road
Ladysmith, Wisconsin 54848
1-800-932-2383
www.conweddesignscape.com
1-800-359-3312
www.walltechnology.com
Pub. No. 10018366. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013.
2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.
LEED is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.
SELECTSOUND

BLACK ACOUSTIC BLANKET


INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket can be installed on
drywall, concrete block or precast
concrete using impaling pins or appropriate adhesives.
When installing insulation with adhesive, follow adhesive
manufacturers recommendations for surface preparation
and pattern.
When using impaling pins, follow
the pin manufacturers recommendations for surface
preparation, location and amount of pins. Pin length should
be selected to ensure tight ft. Where subject to physical
contact, protect pin tips.
Keep product dry during shipping, storage and installation.
Owens Corning reserves the right to change this product
as needed.
Caution: May cause temporary irritation to skin, eyes
and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
Wear long-sleeved, loose-ftting clothing, gloves and eye
protection when handling and applying material. Wash with
soap and warm water after handling. Wash work cloths
separately and wipe out washer.
Acoustical Performance
Tested Values - SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket
Sound Absorption Coeffcients (ASTM C 423, Type A Mounting)
Product
Density Thickness Octave Band Frequencies, Hz.
Thermal Resistance
1

R-Value (hrft
2
F)/Btu
pcf kg/m
3
in mm 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC*
SelectSound Black 150B 1. 5 24 1.0 25 0.08 .025 0.49 0.72 0.86 0.91 0.60 3.8
Acoustic Blanket 1. 5 24 1. 5 38 0.16 0.36 0.61 0.83 0.90 0.92 0.70 5.8
1. 5 24 2.0 51 0.20 0. 53 0.79 0.94 0.95 0.97 0.80 7.7
2.0 32 2.0 51 0.20 0. 55 0.87 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.85 8.0
1
ASTM C518
These data were collected using a limited sample size and are not absolute values. Reasonable tolerances must therefore be applied. All tests were conducted in accordance
with ASTM C 423, Type A mounting (material placed against a solid backing such as a block wall). Owens Corning Granville Science & Technology Acoustics Lab is National
Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) approved.
Conceptual Details
For CSI type sample specifcation, please contact your local Owens Corning
representative.
Product Data Sheet
EUROSPAN

ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
APPLICATION
Eurospan

Acoustical Ceiling System provides outstanding
acoustical benefts from virtually any ceiling application without
the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is
designed to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefts
to any commercial, educational or institutional application where
a seamless aesthetic is desired.
CONSTRUCTION
Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System is comprised of three
basic components: a glass fber acoustical core, perimeter
tension track andouter textile covering. This seamless product
uses a high-performance integrated glass fbercore with a
white matt covering. Tension tracks arranged around the
perimeter hold an acoustically transparent textile which can be
stretched over areas 16 wide. Architects can design effective
acoustic benefts into any space without compromising their
creativity. Excellent sound absorption is achieved by reducing
the amount of hard surfaces while still keeping the monolithic
appearance of drywall or plaster surfaces. Speakers can be
hidden from view without inhibiting sound clarity. It can be
used on fat, domed or coffered ceilings or to create custom
foating clouds.
SIZE AVAILABLITY
Panels are available in 1 1/2 or 2 1/2 thicknesses. Other
thicknesses are available.
SEAM & EDGE DETAIL
Eurospan has a monolithic surface which merges unobtrusively
with the rooms interior design. Spaces of 16 x 40 or more
can be covered seamlessly. Larger areas can be seamed almost
invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the edges.
FINISH
The product is available in several textile choices including
standard white or custom special order colors including beige,
light blue, and black. The white textile can be feld painted using
special colorants.
NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)
Thickness A Mounting Rating
1 1/2 1.00
Thickness E400 Mounting Rating
1 1/2 .80
2 1/2 .95
PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA
Surface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)
Components meet 25/50 Class A rating
Light Refectance
White Textile .75 - .80
RECYCLED CONTENT
Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System panels utilize an
Owens Corning fberglass board core that is eligible to bear
the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is
certifed on average to contain at least 30% recycled glass,
with 4% post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content. For
LEED

projects, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for


recycled content points under the Materials and Resources
section. Other LEED

categories may also apply depending


upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
10 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects. See
product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
EUROSPAN

ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 61263-8. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and in
the schedules.
1.3 Submit ________ samples of each type of system as
shown on the drawings and in schedules and include
appropriate technical information including test data
and maintenance instructions. Submit ________ fabric
selector cards from manufacturers standard or custom
fnishes.
1.4 Components shall be installed according to manufacturers
recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of components shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and not more
than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
system installation, and will furnish all necessary hardware
and accessories for the complete job installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System shall have a 10-year
manufacturers warranty.
2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of 1 thick, medium density glass fber core
with 12 mil thick face sheet of white/translucent glass
mat thermally bonded to the base core fnish surface.
Other glass fber cores of 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, and
4 thickness; with various densities are available to meet
specifc acoustical requirements.
2.3 Product fnish shall be standard white (or specify custom
color)______________.
2.4 Mounting shall be square perimeter track and square fne
line or reveal mid joint track.
2.5 Acoustical Performance in accordance with ASTM C
423 (Type E 400 Mounting) components shall have a
minimum NRC of: 1.00 (1 1/2 thick).In accordance with
ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a
minimum NRC of: .80 (1 1/2 thick) and .95 (2 1/2 thick).
2.6 Flammability All system components shall meet a 25/50
Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Manufacturers Instructions Comply with the instructions
and recommendations of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling
System manufacturer.
3.2 Examination Verify that site conditions are acceptable
for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System.
Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan
Acoustical Ceiling System until unacceptable conditions
are corrected.
3.3 Installation Review shop drawings and determine
location of hardware. Identify components and verify
quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines.
3.4 Demonstration Demonstrate proper use, function
and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System
components to Owners personnel.
3.5 Protection Protect installed work from damage due to
subsequent construction activity on the site.
Thank you for choosing Eurospan

for your acoustical needs.


The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
EuroSpan

Fabric
1. Preventive Measures: Wear clean protective gloves or have clean hands when working
around or with Eurospan

fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation


or removal of fabric for access.
2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing or light vacuuming of the Eurospan

fabric is
recommended for removal of loose dust and airborne particles. Blowing off with clean
compressed air also works well and reduces the chance of pushing particles into the fabric.
3. Stain Removal: The fiber used in the Eurospan

fabric allows the use of both water-based


and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as Clorox OxiMagic has been reported
to work very well. A special Dry Cleaning Sponge works well on most light stains. These
sponges are shipped with each Eurospan

order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall


cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.
Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Product Data Sheet
EUROSPAN

EOS CEILING SYSTEM


APPLICATION
EOS Acoustical Ceiling System provides outstanding
acoustical benefts from virtually any ceiling application
without the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The
system is designed to dampen interior noise and add
acoustical benefts to any commercial, educational, or
healthcare institutional application where a seamless and
cleanable aesthetic is desired.
CONSTRUCTION
Eurospan EOS Stretch Ceiling System is comprised of three
basic components: a glass fber acoustical core, perimeter
tension track and outer washable textile covering. This
seamless product uses a high-performance integrated
glass fber core with a white matt covering. Tension tracks
arranged around the perimeter hold an acoustically
transparent coated textile which can be stretched over areas
16 wide.
Architects can design effective acoustic benefts into any
space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound
absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard
surfaces while still keeping the monolithic appearance of
drywall or plaster surfaces. The durable coated textile can
cleaned easily and is suitable for healthcare applications. It
can be used on fat, domed or coffered ceilings or to create
custom foating clouds.
SIZE AVAILABILITY
Panels are available in 1" to 2" thicknesses. Other thicknesses
are available.
SEAM AND EDGE DETAIL
Eurospan EOS has a monolithic surface which merges
unobtrusively with the rooms interior design. Spaces of
16' x 40' or more can be covered seamlessly.
Larger areas can be seamed almost invisibly or installed with
reveals to highlight the edges.
FINISH
The product is available in several textile choices including
standard white or custom special order colors including
beige, light blue, and black. The white textile can be feld
painted using special colorants.
NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)
Thickness A Mounting Rating
1" .85
Thickness E400 Mounting Rating
1 .80
PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA
Surface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)
Components meet 25/50 Class A rating
Light Refectance
White Textile.80 - .85
RECYCLED CONTENT
Eurospan EOS Stretch Ceiling System panels utilize an
Owens Corning fberglass board core that is eligible to bear
the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is
certifed on average to contain at least 30% recycled glass, with
4% post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content.
For LEED

projects, our acoustical panels can help you


qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED

categories may also apply


depending upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
10 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment which takes into
account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 10018394-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
EUROSPAN

EOS CEILING SYSTEM


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and
in the schedules.
1.3 Submit samples of each type of system as shown on
the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate
technical information including test data and
maintenance instructions. Submit fabric selector cards
from manufacturers standard or custom fnishes.
1.4 Components shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of components shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and not more
than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to
the system installation, and will furnish all necessary
hardware and accessories for the complete job
installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Eurospan EOS fabric ceiling System shall include the
EOS textile with a light polyurethane coating that can be
cleaned with water or solvent based cleaners.
2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of 1 thick, medium density glass fber
core with 12 mil thick face sheet of white/translucent
glass mat thermally bonded to the base core fnish
surface. Other glass fber cores of ", ", 1", 1", 2", 3",
and 4 thickness; with various densities are available to
meet specifc acoustical requirements.
2.3 Product fnish shall be standard white (or specify custom
color/ additional cost).
2.4 Mounting shall be square perimeter track and square
fne line or reveal mid joint track.
2.5 Acoustical Performance in accordance with ASTM
C 423 (Type E 400 Mounting) components shall have
a minimum NRC of: .80 (1" thick). In accordance with
ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have
a minimum NRC of: .85 (1" thick) and .95 (2" thick).
2.6 Flammability All system components shall meet a
25/50 Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Manufacturers Instructions Comply with the
instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan
Acoustical Ceiling System manufacturer.
3.2 Examination Verify that site conditions are acceptable
for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System.
Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan
Acoustical Ceiling System until unacceptable conditions
are corrected.
3.3 Installation Review shop drawings and determine
location of hardware. Identify components and verify
quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines.
3.4 Demonstration Demonstrate proper use, function
and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System
components to Owners personnel.
3.5 Protection Protect installed work from damage due to
subsequent construction activity on the site.
Thank you for choosing Eurospan

for your acoustical


needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.


EuroSpan

EOS Fabric


1. Preventive Measures: Have clean hands when working around or with Eurospan

EOS
fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation or removal of fabric for
access.

2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing, wiping or light sponging of the Eurospan

EOS
fabric is recommended for removal of loose dust, or smudge marks.

3. Stain Removal: The polyurethane coated EOS textile allows the use of both water-based
and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as 409 all-purpose cleaner has been
reported to work very well. Other mild detergent solutions have also worked well. Do not use
abrasive sponges or cloths as it may dull the surface finish.

A special Dry Cleaning Sponge also works well on most light spots or smudges. These
sponges are shipped with each Eurospan EOS order. For large and unusual stains, or for
overall cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.
Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Product Data Sheet
EUROSPAN

ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEM


APPLICATION
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System provides outstanding acoustical
benefts from virtually any wall application without the
traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is designed
to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefts to any
commercial, educational or institutional application where a
seamless aesthetic is desired.
USES
Architects can design effective acoustic benefts into any
space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound
absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard
surfaces to reduce noise distractions, enhance privacy, and
create a less stressful, more productive environment.
CONSTRUCTION
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System is comprised of three basic
components: a glass fber acoustical core, perimeter tension
track with patent pending retaining system and outer textile
covering. This seamless product uses a high-performance
integrated glass fber core. Tension tracks arranged around the
perimeter hold an acoustically transparent textile which can be
stretched over areas 16 wide.
SIZE AVAILABLITY
Panels are available in 1/2, 1, 1 1/2 or 2thicknesses. Other
thicknesses are available and may be furred up to a 4 depth.
SEAM & EDGE DETAIL
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System has amonolithic surface which
merges unobtrusively with the rooms interior design. Spaces of
16 x40 or more can be covered seamlessly. Larger areas can be
seamed almost invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the
edges.
FINISH
The product is available in several textile choices including
fabrics from Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and Designtex.
NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)
Thickness A Mounting Rating
*1/2 .55
*1 .80
*1 1/2 1.0
*2 1.0
*estimated
PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA
Surface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)*
Components meet 25/50 Class A rating
Corner Wall (NFPA 265 or UBC 8-2)
Pass
RECYCLED CONTENT
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System panels utilizean Owens
Corning fberglass board core that iseligible to bear the
Green Cross label for recycledcontent. The board is
certifed on average tocontain at least 30% recycled glass,
with 4%post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content.For
LEED

projects, our acoustical panels canhelp you qualify for


recycled content pointsunder the Materials and Resources
section.Other LEED

categories may also applydepending


upon the project requirements.
WARRANTY
5 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects. See
product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fre hazard
or fre risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fre conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fre risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
Product Data Sheet
EUROSPAN

ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEM


CDC CORPORATlON
800 Gusta|son Poao
Laoysmltb, Wlsconsln 54848
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com
Pub. No. 59356-A. Prlnteo ln U.S.A. Aprll 2014.
2014 Owens Cornlng. All Plgbts Peserveo.
LLLD ls a reglstereo traoemark o| U.S. Green 8ullolng Councll.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and in
the schedules.
1.3 Submit ________ samples of each type of system as
shown on the drawings and in schedules and include
appropriate technical information including test data
and maintenance instructions. Submit ________ fabric
selector cards from manufacturers standard or custom
fnishes.
1.4 Components shall be installed according to manufacturers
recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of components shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and not more
than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
system installation, and willfurnish all necessary hardware
and accessories for the complete job installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Eurospan Acoustical Wall System shall have a 5-year
manufacturers warranty.
2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of dimensionally
stable rigid fberglass of 6-7 pcf density. Thickness (choose
one) 1/2, 1, 1 1/2, 2 or custom ________ (specify).
2.3 Product fnish shall be __________________________
(specify fnish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifer).
2.4 Mounting shall be square, bevel, radius (choose one)
perimeter track and square, bevel, radius (choose one)
mid joint track.
2.5 Acoustical Performance In accordance with ASTM
C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a
minimum NRC of: .55 (1/2 thick), .80(1 thick), and 1.0 (1
1/2 and 2 thicknesses).
2.6 Flammability Wall system shall meet a 25/50 Class A
rating in accordance with ASTM E 84*.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Manufacturers Instructions Comply with the
instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan
Acoustical Wall System manufacturer.
3.2 Examination Verify that site conditions are acceptable
for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Wall System.
Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan
Acoustical Wall System until unacceptable conditions are
corrected.
3.3 Installation Review shop drawings and determine
location of hardware. Identify components and verify
quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Wall System in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines.
3.4 Demonstration Demonstrate proper use, function
and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Wall System
components to Owners personnel.
3.5 Protection Protect installed work from damage due to
subsequent construction activity on the site.
Thank you for choosing Eurospan

for your acoustical needs.


The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notifcation.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.
EuroSpan

Fabric
1. Preventive Measures: Wear clean protective gloves or have clean hands when working
around or with Eurospan

fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation


or removal of fabric for access.
2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing or light vacuuming of the Eurospan

fabric is
recommended for removal of loose dust and airborne particles. Blowing off with clean
compressed air also works well and reduces the chance of pushing particles into the fabric.
3. Stain Removal: The fiber used in the Eurospan

fabric allows the use of both water-based


and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as Clorox OxiMagic has been reported
to work very well. A special Dry Cleaning Sponge works well on most light stains. These
sponges are shipped with each Eurospan

order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall


cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.
Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone


Acoustic Batts
Availability
Wood Frame Construction
Width Length Thickness
Pieces per
Package Sq. ft. m
2
Linear
ft m Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm
F
a
c
e
d

B
a
t
t
s
15 381 93 2,362 3 89 16 155 14.40 124 37.8
15 381 105 2,664 3 89 16 175 16.26 140 42.7
15 394 93 2,362 5 139 10 101 9.38 78 23.8
23 584 93 2,362 3 89 16 238 22.11 124 37.8
15 381 105 2,664 3 89 1 (Roll) 88 8.18 70 21.3
U
n
f
a
c
e
d

B
a
t
t
s
15 387 93 2,362 3 89 16 155 14.40 124 37.8
15 387 105 2,664 3 89 16 178 16. 54 140 42.7
23 591 93 2,362 3 89 16 241 22.39 124 37.8
Typical Physical Properties
Property QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
Water Absorption (max. % by volume) Less than 0.05%
Dimensional Stability (linear shrinkage) Less than 0.10%
Fiber glass acoustic batt insulation
designed to absorb sound
vibrations in wall, foor and ceiling
applications for noise control.
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
Owens Corning QuietZone


acoustic batts are an essential
part of controlling noise
transmission between rooms. The
QuietZone

acoustic batt actually


absorbs sound vibrations within
the wall cavity to control noise in
the home.
QuietZone

acoustic batts
reduce noise transmission
coming from laundry rooms,
entertainment rooms, family
rooms and any other area where
noise is created. It can also be
used to create privacy in home
offces, master bedrooms or
other areas where peace and
quiet is desired.
Product Benefts:
Differentiate the homes
you build with increased
performance
Increase sales by offering
unique up-sell options
Provide homeowners with
quieter, more peaceful living
conditions
Enhance your image by
positioning yourself as an
acoustic solutions expert
Save homeowners time and
money by suggesting noise
control prior to new home
construction compared to
retroftting at a later date
Product Attributes
QuietZone

acoustic batts are:


Acoustically engineered to
absorb sound vibrations
Installed between interior
walls, foors, and ceilings when
constructed of standard wood
framing members
Lightweight and pre-cut
to 93" or 105" lengths for
quick installation and easy
transportation
Faced batts are easily identifed
by attractive, PINK-kraft facing
featuring large images of the
Pink Panther
Easily stapled and cleanly
fabricated to allow for
improved workmanship and
acoustical performance
Compliant with building codes
and standards
Product Applications
Basic Noise Control Wall
Construction
Using single 2x4 wood studs
(16" o.c.), QuietZone

acoustic
batts, and " Type X gypsum
board provides basic noise
control between adjoining rooms.
QuietZone

acoustic batts can


improve conventional wood stud
walls to a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of 39.
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone


Acoustic Batts
Product Installation
QuietZone

acoustic batts are


designed for interior cavities only
and are not recommended for
exterior walls. The facing on this
product is provided for ease of
installation and is not a vapor
retarder.
Insulation must ft snugly
into place, flling the cavity
completely.
Staple batts along kraft fanges
to the inside of the wall
framing.
In cases where wall
penetrations apply, cut with a
utility knife to ft around wiring,
outlets, junction boxes, pipes
and other obstructions.
For desired performance,
keep batts dry during shipping,
storage and installation.
QuietZone

acoustic batts
may be installed with the
facing toward either side of
interior walls, foors, or ceilings
in conventional wood stud
construction.
QuietZone

acoustic batts (15"


or 23" width) will be required
in the cavity space between
wall framing sections spaced
either 16" or 24" o.c.
Owens Corning acoustic
batts will be required to fll
the cavity space between wall
framing sections spaced either
16" or 24" o.c. when using 2x6
QuietZone

acoustic wall
framing.
Durable Composition
QuietZone

acoustic batts:
Are dimensionally stable
Will not slump over time
Are composed of inorganic
glass fbers which do not
absorb water
Maintain original acoustic
properties over time
Will not rot or mildew
Fire Safety
When installing QuietZone


acoustic batts in areas containing
high temperature appliances,
freplace fues or furnaces, the
kraft-facing must be protected
and enclosed with an approved
fnishing material.*
Applicable Standards
Kraft facing will burn. Do not
leave exposed. Facing must be
installed in substantial contact
with an approved ceiling, foor
or wall material. Keep open
fame and other heat sources
away from facing. Do not place
insulation within 3" of light
fxtures or similar electrical
devices unless device is labeled
for contact with insulation. Use
only unfaced insulation between
wood framing and masonry
chimneys. Do not use insulation
in spaces around metal chimneys,
freplaces, or fues. See package
for warnings fre hazard and
installation instructions, or call
1-419-248-8234.
Always check with your local
building code offcial regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
For more information on
QuietZone

acoustic batts or
the QuietZone

Noise Control
System, call 1-800-GET-PINK


or visit our Web site at
www.owenscorning.com.
*The facing on QuietZone

batts will burn and must


not be left exposed. The facing must be installed in
substantial contact with an approved interior material.
Protect facing from any open fame or heat surface.
Figure 1
Single wood studs, QuietZone

acoustic batt insulation and a


single layer of " Type X gypsum board.
Q
u
ie
tZ
o
n
e
Q
u
ie
tZ
o
n
e
Q
u
ie
tZ
o
n
e
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 43824-D. Printed in U.S.A. October 2007. THE PINK PANTHER
& 1964-2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The col or PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.
2007 Owens Corning.
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone

Acoustic Sealant
Premium acrylic-based
acoustic sealant designed to
seal openings in Walls,
Floors, Ceilings, Doors
and Windows
Owens Corning QuietZone
acoustic sealant is an effective
way to reduce sound
transmission between rooms
and can even help reduce
noise coming in around
exterior doors and windows and
stop air infltration.
Product Benefts:
Differentiate the homes you
build with increased noise
control for quieter, more
peaceful living
use one sealant for air
infltration and noise
Increase sales potential by
offering unique up-sell options
Help to enhance your image by
positioning yourself as an
acoustic solutions expert
Save homeowners time and
money by suggesting noise
control prior to new home
construction compared to
retroftting at a later date
Product Attributes:
QuietZone acoustic sealant
features these properties:
50-year guarantee
Available in convenient
29 ounce tubes
Premium siliconized
acrylic sealant
Class A Flame Spread
Non-hardening for the lifetime
of the installed product
Acoustically engineered to
block sound vibrations
Blocks air infltration
Mildew and water-resistant
Superior adhesion - can be
applied to a variety of
different surfaces
Paintable
Quick clean-up with water
Retains acoustic properties
over time
Interior and exterior sealant
applications
Product Applications
QuietZone acoustic sealant
produces a fexible, acoustic
seal. The product should be
used to fll and seal all gaps in
wall, foor, and ceilings to reduce
noise transmission and stop
air infltration.
Applications include:
Gaps between wall stud plates
and the subfoor
Around electrical outlets
and boxes
Around air ducts and boots
Around doors and windows
Any other miscellaneous wall,
ceiling and foor penetrations
or gaps
QuietZone Noise Control
Systems
Install QuietZone Noise Control
Products to form Systems that
meet individual needs.
Using Quiet Retreat Noise Control
Solutions, which includes
QuietZone acoustic wall framing,
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
QuietZone acoustic foor mat and
QuietZone acoustic batts, can
provide walls and foors with
superior noise isolation
properties.
Wall performance can range from
Sound Transmission Class (STC)
of 39 for walls constructed using
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
standard wood studs, and
QuietZone acoustic batts, up to
STC 63 for walls incorporating
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
QuietZone acoustic wall framing,
and QuietZone acoustic batts. The
result is a reduction in perceived
noise levels from 30% and up to
80%, when compared with
uninsulated conventional wood
stud wall assemblies.
Similarly, foors constructed using
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
QuietZone acoustic foor mat and
QuietZone acoustic batts can
result in foors ranging in
performance from STC 43 up
to STC 73. and in addition
these foors would have Impact
Isolation Class (IIC) of 37
through to IIC 63.
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone

Acoustic Sealant
Figure 1
QuietZone 2x4 acoustic wall framing 16 o.c.,
QuietZone acoustic batt insulation and a double
layers of Type X gypsum board.
Q
u
ie
tZ
o
n
e
Q
u
ie
tZ
o
n
e
For information on different wall,
foor and ceiling construction
techniques and performance
values contact your Sales
Representative or contact
Owens Corning at
1-800-GET-PINK.
Product Installation
QuietZone acoustic sealant is
designed for use in all wall and
foor systems to seal gypsum
and other small openings from
plumbing or electrical work, but
can be used in other areas where
a non-hardening sealant is
required.
Before use, wipe excess dirt,
dust or moisture away from
applicable area to produce a
clean, dry surface
Cut tip to suggested bead
size and place into gun
Apply at a 45 angle and,
after 3-5 minutes, tool
bead into place
Product Precautions
QuietZone acoustic sealant may
cause irritation to the eyes and
skin and is harmful by inhalation
or if swallowed. Avoid contact
with eyes and skin. Avoid
breathing vapors and ingesting
this product. Keep QuietZone
acoustic sealant away from heat,
sparks, or open fame. Use with
adequate ventilation and wash
thoroughly after handling.
Product Specifcations
NET 10.1 FL. OZ. (300ml) and
29 FL. OZ. (857.6 ml)
Rating Scale:
Superior: 5 - Lowest: 1
Paintability: 5
Flexibility: 5
Durability: 5
Adhesion to Wood: 5
Adhesion to Glass: 5
Adhesion to Metal: 5
Adhesion to Masonry: 5
QuietZone
Internal and external uses apply to:
Wood
Glass
Brick
Concrete
Masonry
Drywall
Aluminum
Steel
Plastic
Tile
Vinyl
PVC
FOAMULAR

Foam Insulation
Fiber Glass
Particle Board
Plywood
Cement Board
Applicable Standards
QuietZone acoustic sealant
exceeds ASTM C 834, Type P,
Grade - 18C and exceeds
performance requirements of
TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class B
and ASTM C 920, Class 25.
Meets ASTM E-84 Class A.
Always check with your local
building code offcial regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
For more information on
QuietZone acoustic sealant or the
QuietZone Noise Control System,
call 1-800-GET-PINK


or visit our Web site at:
www.quietzone.com
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800-GET-PINK

www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 43823-D. Printed in U.S.A. January 2007. THE PINK PANTHER

&
19642007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color
PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. 2007 Owens Corning.
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
Owens Corning QuietZone
acoustic batts are an essential
part of controlling noise
transmission between rooms. The
QuietZone acoustic batt actually
absorbs sound vibrations within
the wall cavity to control noise in
the home.
QuietZone acoustic batts help
reduce noise transmission coming
from laundry rooms,
entertainment rooms, family
rooms and any other area where
noise is created. It can also be
used to create privacy in home
offces, master bedrooms or
other areas where peace and
quiet is desired.
Excellent Acoustical
Performance
QuietZone acoustic batts provide
excellent in-place acoustical
performance. Depending on the
construction method used,
QuietZone acoustic batts can
improve Sound Transmission
Class ratings by 4 to 10 dBs.
Installation advantages can help a
contractor achieve the acoustical
performance desired. The STC
performance data for various wall
constructions can be found on
pages 3 and 4.
Durable Composition
QuietZone acoustic batts:
Are dimensionally stable.
Will not slump over time.
Are composed of inorganic
glass fbers which do not
absorb water.
Maintain original acoustic
properties over time.
Will not rot or mildew.
Product Benefts:
Differentiate the homes
you build with increased
performance.
Increase sales by offering
unique up-sell options.
Provide homeowners with
quieter, more peaceful
living conditions.
Enhance your image by
positioning yourself as an
acoustic solutions expert.
Save homeowners time and
money by suggesting noise
control prior to new home
construction compared to
retroftting at a later date.
Product Attributes
QuietZone acoustic batts are:
Acoustically engineered to
absorb sound vibrations.
Installed between interior walls,
foors, and ceilings when
constructed of standard wood
framing members.
Lightweight and pre-cut
to 93" or 105" lengths for
quick installation and
easy transportation.
Faced batts are easily identifed
by attractive, PINK-kraft facing
featuring large images of the
PINK PANTHER.
Easily stapled and cleanly
fabricated to allow for
improved workmanship and
acoustical performance.
Compliant with building
codes and standards.
Product Installation
QuietZone acoustic batts are
designed for interior cavities only
and are not recommended for
exterior walls. The facing on this
product is provided for ease of
installation and is not a vapor
retarder.
Insulation must ft snugly
into place, flling the cavity
completely.
Staple batts along kraft
fanges to the inside of the
wall framing.
In cases where wall penetrations
apply, cut with a utility knife to
ft around wiring, outlets,
junction boxes, pipes and
other obstructions.
For desired performance, keep
batts dry during shipping,
storage and installation.
QuietZone acoustic batts may
be installed with the facing
toward either side of interior
walls, foors, or ceilings in
conventional wood stud
construction.
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
QuietZone acoustic batts (15" or
23" width) will be required in
the cavity space between wall
framing sections spaced either
16" or 24" o.c.
Owens Corning QuietZone
acoustic batts will be required
to fll the cavity space between
wall framing sections spaced
either 16" or 24" o.c. when
using 2x6 QuietZone acoustic
wall framing.
Product Applications
QuietZone Quiet Foundations


Noise Control System
Using single 2x4 wood studs (16"
o.c.), QuietZone acoustic batts,
and " Type X gypsum board
provides basic noise control
between adjoining rooms.
QuietZone acoustic batts can
improve conventional wood stud
walls to a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of 39.
QuietZone Quiet Retreats


Studs, Batts, Caulk and Mat
Using QuietZone acoustic framing
on 24 centers, 2x6 QuietZone
acoustic wall studs, double layers
5
8 Type X gypsum drywall each
side, 5 QuietZone acoustic batts.
In this assembly wall performance
improves to an STC rating of 63.
Technical Design
Considerations
Acoustical performance of
interior drywall partitions can
be substantially improved by
including a number of important
design and construction details.
Important details include sealing
the perimeter of walls, wall inter-
section construction details, and
the location and proper installa-
tion of electrical outlets, ducts,
doors and mechanical equipment.
Perimeter Sealing
Seal walls on both sides at top
and bottom plates with a
non-hardening, permanently
resilient caulking such as a
butyl rubber-base compound.
Where required, two layers of
wallboard, properly staggered,
joint compound and tape will
effectively seal corners.
Doors
Where optimum acoustical
control is desired, solid wood
core doors or insulated metal
doors should be specifed. Door
tops and sides should be gasketed
with a soft weather stripping.
Use of threshold closures at the
bottom of the door or air seals
will reduce sound transmission.
Technical Data
Wood Frame Construction
Width Length Thickness Pieces Per Package Sq. Ft./m
2
Linear Ft./m
Faced Batts
15" 381mm 93" 2362mm 3 " 89mm 16 155/14.40 124/37.8
15" 381mm 105" 2664mm 3 " 89mm 16 175/16.26 140/42.7
15 " 394mm 93" 2362mm 5 " 139mm 10 101/9.38 78/23.8
23" 584mm 93" 2362mm 3 " 89mm 16 238/22.11 124/37.8
15" 381mm 105" 2664mm 3 " 89mm 1 (Roll) 88/8.18 70/21.3
Unfaced Batts
15 " 387mm 93" 2362mm 3 " 89mm 16 155/14.40 124/37.8
15 " 387mm 105" 2664mm 3 " 89mm 16 178/16. 54 140/42.7
23 " 591mm 93" 2362mm 3 " 89mm 16 241/22.39 124/37.8
QuietZone acoustic batts comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV,
and V; National Building Code (BOCAI) building types 3, 4, and 5; and Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building
types III, V, VI.
Dimensional Stability
Linear Shrinkage Less than 0.1%
Water Absorption
Max. by Volume Less than 0.05%
Figure 1
Single wood studs, QuietZone acoustic batt insulation
and a single layer of Type X gypsum board.
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
Single Wood Stud Wall System
STC
STC
Test No. Construction Description
Fire
Rating
Fire
Test
36 OCF423 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer
5
/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 Hr. UL U305
39 W2069 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
40 W2469 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall one side,
single layer other side; one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
45 W2569 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 Hr.
1
UL U305
1
Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specifc test references are available and will be provided upon request.
Single Wood Stud with Resilient Channel Wall System
STC
STC
Test No. Construction Description
Fire
Rating
Fire
Test
46 W0769 Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness. 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
50 WP3230
2
Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer
5
/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 Hr. OSU T-3127
52 W0669 Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall one side,
double layer other side; one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
56 W0569 Single wood studs, resilient channel; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 Hr.
1
OSU T-3127
1
Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specifc test references are available and will be provided upon request.
2
Listed in the Gyspum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual
Staggered Wood Stud Wall System
STC
STC
Test No. Construction Description
Fire
Rating
Fire
Test
46 W5769 Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer
5
/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 hr.
1
UL U305
51 W01486 Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
51 OC5FC Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
two thicknesses, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 hr. OSU 4970
53 W4769 Staggered wood studs 24" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall one side,
single layer other side; one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
55 W4869 Staggered wood studs 24" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 hr.
1
UL U309
1
Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specifc test references are available and will be provided upon request.
QuietZone Wall Framing System
STC
STC
Test No. Construction Description
Fire
Rating
Fire
Test
57 E90-99087 2x4 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 16 centers, double layers type "x" gypsum
drywall each side, 3 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 hr.
1
UL U305
60 E90-01029 2x6 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 16 centers, double layers
5
/8" type "x" gypsum
drywall each side; 5 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
N. A.
63 E90-99102 2x6 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 24 centers, double layers
5
/8" type "x" gypsum
drywall each side; 5 " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts
1 hr. OSU 4970
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone

Acoustic Batts
Sliding doors should be avoided
where optimum noise control
is desired. Doors opening on
hallways should not open across
from one another.
Electrical
Light switches and outlets should
not be located back-to-back.
Ceiling fxtures should be surface
mounted and openings around
boxes should be sealed airtight.
Circuit breaker boxes, telephone
outlets and intercom systems
should be located on well-
insulated interior walls and never
on exterior, part or hallway walls.
Plumbing
Pipe runs should be designed
with swing arms so expansion
and contraction can occur
without binding, thus eliminating
unwanted water fow generated
sound. Piping should also be
isolated from surrounding
structures with resilient mounts.
Installation of fxtures back-to-
back should be avoided. In all
cases, openings made in walls
should be caulked or sealed
to ensure optimum acoustical
integrity.
Ducts and HVAC Equipment
Since ducts can easily transmit
sound, duct design should be
given special consideration when
planning the heating and air
conditioning system.
The installation of a quiet,
high quality heating and air
conditioning unit is recommended
to reduce duct-carried noise.
When possible, isolate equipment
away from quiet areas.
Owens Corning offers a variety
of duct systems, wraps and liners
that effectively reduce noise.
Fire Safety
Kraft facing will burn. Do not
leave exposed. Facing must be
installed in substantial contact
with an approved ceiling, foor
or wall material. Keep open
fame and other heat sources
away from facing. Do not place
insulation within 3 of light
fxtures or similar electrical
devices unless device is labeled
for contact with insulation. Use
only unfaced insulation between
wood framing and masonry
chimneys. Do not use insulation
in spaces around metal chimneys,
freplaces, or fues. Unfaced
insulation is considered non-
combustible by model building
codes. Flame Spread 25 products
are fame spread rated and can
be left exposed where codes
allow. See package for warnings,
fre hazard and installation
instructions, or call 1-419-248-8234.
Applicable Standards
QuietZone acoustic batts
comply with:
ASTM C 665, Type II,
Class C. Federal Specifcation
HH-I-521F has been cancelled
and is replaced by ASTM
C 665.
Uniform Building Code (ICBO)
building types III, IV, and V
National Building Code
(BOCA) building types
3, 4, and 5
Standard Building Code
(SBCCI) building types
III, V, and VI.
Always check with your local
building code offcial regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
Fiber Glass and Mold
As manufactured, fber glass
insulation is resistant to mold
growth. However, mold growth
can occur on building materials,
including insulation, when it
becomes contaminated with
organic material and when water
is present. To avoid mold growth
on fber glass insulation, remove
any water that has accumulated
and correct or repair the source
of that water as soon as possible.
Insulation that has become wet
should be inspected for evidence
of residual moisture and
contamination, and any insulation
that is contaminated should be
promptly removed and replaced.
For more information on
QuietZone acoustic batts or the
QuietZone Noise Control System,
call 1-800-GET-PINK or visit our
Web site at:
www.quietzone.com
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800-GET-PINK

www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 102321-A. Printed in U.S.A. January 2007. THE PINK PANTHER

&
19642007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color
PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. 2007 Owens Corning.
Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


concrete material per
manufacturers instructions on
top of the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat so there is a layer of
gypsum concrete at least 1
thick covering the entire foor
surface area.
3. 1 Alternative to Gypsum
Concrete Using USG
LEVELROCK

Brand Floor
Underlayment 2500 or 3500
Apply USG LEVELROCK


Brand Floor Primer or
equivalent over QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat following
manufacturers instructions for
mixing and application.
Pour USG LEVELROCK

Brand
Floor Underlayment 2500
or 3500 over foor primer
to a minimum thickness of
1. Follow manufacturers
instructions for mixing and
application.
Depending on the fnish
foor application, apply
LEVELROCK

Brand Surface
Enhancer SE-100 over the
USG LEVELROCK

gypsum
concrete topping. Follow
manufacturers instructions to
determine when and how to
apply.
For a tile fnish foor add:
Noble Company, NobleBond
21 Adhesive following
manufacturers instructions
Noble Company, NobleBond
CIS Crack Suppression
Membrane following
manufacturers instructions
4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.
Trim away excess QuietZone
acoustic foor mat so that
the mat is fush with the
fnished foor.
Add baseboard or fnishing
trim as required.
Design Considerations
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
to be placed between the
subfoor and plywood or gypsum
concrete overlayment to create
an isolation layer for sound
vibrations and impact noises such
as foot traffc. The plywood or
gypsum concrete overlayment,
once installed, foats on top of
the foor mat providing a rigid
surface for the fnished fooring.
Fire Safety & Applicable
Standards
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
been tested in accordance with
ASTM E-84 with resulting fame
spread/smoke developed indices
of 20/50. Thermal barrier and
structural requirements are met
by using 1 of gypsum concrete
or 2 layers of
3
8 exterior grade
plywood.
Always check with your local
building code offcial regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
For more information, call
1-800-GET-PINK

or visit our
Web site at: www.quietzone.com
IMPORTANT: For proper
acoustic isolation, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat must be laid
on a clean, dry and level surface
covering the entire foor area
with the mat turned up at each
wall and should be installed after
the drywall has been applied. A
gypsum concrete or two-layer
plywood raft is installed to foat
on top of the foor mat and
provide a rigid surface for fnished
fooring.
Excellent Acoustical
Performance
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
composed of a lightweight, closed
cell, extruded polyethylene
foam, is acoustically engineered
to isolate sound vibrations and
impact noises. Wall performance
will also increase, as fanking noise
will be reduced.
Commercial applications, such as
hotel rooms, conference rooms
and condominiums as well as
residential applications like home
theaters or laundry rooms are
ideal areas for noise control
treatment.
Durable Material
Composition
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
exceptional compressive strength,
while also being resilient enough
to absorb impact vibrations. It will
retain its acoustic properties over
time while also being resistant to
moisture, mold and fungus.
Fast, High Quality
Installation
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
lightweight, easy to cut and install.
Installed beneath 1 gypsum
concrete or a double layer of
3
8
exterior-grade plywood and
fnished fooring, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat isolates and
minimizes structure-borne noise
from transferring to adjacent
areas or rooms. Refer to product
packaging for complete
installation instructions.
Typical Physical Properties
Property Test Method Value
Compressive Strength, Vertical Direction ASTM D 3575 93 Suffx D @ 25%/50% 720/1800 (psf )
Compression Set
(50% defection requires a loading of 1800 psf )
ASTM D 3575 93 Suffx B 19% (81% Recovery)
Nominal Density ASTM C 303 2.2 (pcf )
Water Absorption ASTM D 3575 93 Suffx L <0.1 (psf )
Thermal Resistance R-Value ASTM C 518 85 1.3 (HrFt.
2
F/BTU)
Surface Burning Charateristics
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed
ASTM E 84
1
20
50
1
ASTM E84 is a standard used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response
to heat and fame under controlled laboratory conditions using proper construction techniques and assembly.
Improper installation can adversely affect fre performance.
Technical Data
Property Test Method
Material Polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent
Package Form Roll
Length 35 ft.
Width 4 ft.
Area 140 Sq. Ft.
Thickness
3
8 in. (9. 5mm)
Roll Diameter 14 in.
Roll Weight 10.25 lbs.
Specifcation
Sound rated foor material shall be
3
8 (9. 5mm) thick closed cell polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent.
The sound rated material shall be QuietZone Acoustic Floor mat as supplied by Owens Corning.
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK


www.owenscorning.com

Pub. No. 102322-B. Printed in U.S.A. January 2008. THE PINK PANTHER &
1964-2008 Metro- Goldwyn- Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The col or PI NK i s a r eg i ster ed t r ademar k of Owens Cor ni ng .
2008 Owens Corning.
Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


Butt adjoining edges of foor
mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape.
Cut a strip of QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat 3-4 wide
and place strip along wall and
tape edge to the foor mat on
the subfoor.
NOTE: Floor mat strip should
form a sealed, right angle with the
foor mat on the subfoor.
Tape the top of the perimeter
strip to the wall so that the
gypsum concrete can fll the
entire foor surface area.
Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Gypsum Concrete Raft
on Top of Floor Mat
Pour the lightweight gypsum
Installation with
Plywood Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood
vinyl
wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfoor so that the entire foor
surface area is covered and
3-4 of foor mat is turned up
along wall.
Butt adjoining edges of foor
mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape. Also,
tape the turned up edges to
the wall to help with installation
of the wood raft.
Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Plywood Raft on Top
of Floor Mat
Combine two layers of
3

8
(or
thicker), exterior, AC-grade
plywood together. (Note: two
layers of plywood should be
used with hardwood fnished
fooring.) Select plywood that
is uniform, fat, dry and free
of defect to ensure that the
fnished foor is level. Allow the
plywood to become acclimated
to the environment so that the
wood is dry and the moisture
content has stabilized. This can
be done by standing the panels
on edge for several days in
the rooms where they will be
installed. It is recommended
that all of the plywood raft
pieces needed are pre-cut
prior to assembly.
Place one layer of plywood
directly on top of the foor
mat so the entire surface area
is covered. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a
1

8

gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from the walls.
Apply an even coat of standard
wood glue to the top surface
of bottom layer of plywood,
and then place a second
layer of plywood onto glued
surface. The second layer of
plywood should be oriented
perpendicular to the bottom
layer with the joints staggered.
The fnished surface of the
plywood forms the top surface
of the raft. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a
1

8

gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from wall.
Fasten the two layers of
plywood together using
long wood screws spaced 12
apart across entire surface
area, including the joints and
perimeter. Use 1 long screws
when plywood is being
installed.
NOTE: Since wood is a natural
material, it is susceptible to
dimensional change. Providing
a gap around all edges of
the plywood panels should
accommodate any dimensional
change. However, in the
event that the plywood raft
does not lay evenly over the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
one may selectively screw
down the plywood raft (up to
16 oc) without signifcantly
compromising the acoustic
performance of the system. Care
should be taken to use wood
screws that completely penetrate
the subfoor without entering into
the foor joists.
3. Install Finished Flooring
Install the fnished fooring
as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Ensure that the fnished
fooring is installed close
enough to the wall so that the
fnishing trim will conceal the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat.
4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.
Trim away excess QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat so that
the mat is fush with the
fnished foor.
Add baseboard or fnishing
trim as required.
Installation with Gypsum
Concrete Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood
vinyl
ceramic tile
wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfoor so that the entire foor
surface area is covered and
foor mat just touches the wall.
Figure 1
Wood Frame Construction
CAUTION: COMBUSTIBLE.
This product should not be
exposed to open fames
or other possible ignition
sources. It may contain
fammable vapors and should
be stored in well ventilated
areas. Further processing of
the product may result in the
localized release of fammable
vapors. This product should
be installed in such a way
that it is separated from the
building interior by a thermal
barrier. Typical thermal
barriers are a minimum of
5

8

plywood or 1 thick concrete.
Please refer to the Material
Safety Data Sheet for more
information.
2 layers of
3
8 exterior grade plywood
1 reinforced mortar bed
3
8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat
Plywood Subfoor
2x10 wood joists, 16 o.c.
QuietZone Acoustic Batt
Resilient Channel 24 o.c.
2 layer,
5
8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling
Wood Parquet Flooring Tile Flooring
Acoustic Testing completed by the
National Research Council of Canada. Acoustic Testing completed by the
National Research Council of Canada.
Passed Heavy Rating when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 627 by the
Tile Council of America.
STC-63
IIC-55
STC-73
IIC-63
Figure 2
Concrete Slab Construction
1 reinforced mortar bed
3
8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat
6 Reinforced concrete slab
QuietZone Acoustic
Batt Insulation
5
8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling
Finished Flooring
Acoustic Testing completed by
Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories.
Finished Flooring STC IIC
Vinyl
RAL-TL99-213;
RAL-IN99-18
59 59
Laminate Wood
RAL-TL99-214;
RAL-IN99-19
59 58
Tile
1
RAL-TL88-217;
RAL-IN99-17
58 57
1
Passed Light Commercial Rating when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 627 by the Tile Council
of America.
Plywood Raft: Two staggered layers
of
3
8 exterior, AC-grade plywood
(use two layers of plywood
when installing hardwood fooring).
Finished Flooring
QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat
Sub-foor
Wall
T
r
i
m
Figure 3
Installation with Plywood Raft
Gypsum Concrete Raft:
1 or 1 thick
Finished Flooring
QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat
Sub-foor
Wall
T
r
i
m

Figure 4
Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft
Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


Butt adjoining edges of foor
mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape.
Cut a strip of QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat 3-4 wide
and place strip along wall and
tape edge to the foor mat on
the subfoor.
NOTE: Floor mat strip should
form a sealed, right angle with the
foor mat on the subfoor.
Tape the top of the perimeter
strip to the wall so that the
gypsum concrete can fll the
entire foor surface area.
Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Gypsum Concrete Raft
on Top of Floor Mat
Pour the lightweight gypsum
Installation with
Plywood Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood
vinyl
wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfoor so that the entire foor
surface area is covered and
3-4 of foor mat is turned up
along wall.
Butt adjoining edges of foor
mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape. Also,
tape the turned up edges to
the wall to help with installation
of the wood raft.
Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Plywood Raft on Top
of Floor Mat
Combine two layers of
3

8
(or
thicker), exterior, AC-grade
plywood together. (Note: two
layers of plywood should be
used with hardwood fnished
fooring.) Select plywood that
is uniform, fat, dry and free
of defect to ensure that the
fnished foor is level. Allow the
plywood to become acclimated
to the environment so that the
wood is dry and the moisture
content has stabilized. This can
be done by standing the panels
on edge for several days in
the rooms where they will be
installed. It is recommended
that all of the plywood raft
pieces needed are pre-cut
prior to assembly.
Place one layer of plywood
directly on top of the foor
mat so the entire surface area
is covered. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a
1

8

gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from the walls.
Apply an even coat of standard
wood glue to the top surface
of bottom layer of plywood,
and then place a second
layer of plywood onto glued
surface. The second layer of
plywood should be oriented
perpendicular to the bottom
layer with the joints staggered.
The fnished surface of the
plywood forms the top surface
of the raft. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a
1

8

gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from wall.
Fasten the two layers of
plywood together using
long wood screws spaced 12
apart across entire surface
area, including the joints and
perimeter. Use 1 long screws
when plywood is being
installed.
NOTE: Since wood is a natural
material, it is susceptible to
dimensional change. Providing
a gap around all edges of
the plywood panels should
accommodate any dimensional
change. However, in the
event that the plywood raft
does not lay evenly over the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
one may selectively screw
down the plywood raft (up to
16 oc) without signifcantly
compromising the acoustic
performance of the system. Care
should be taken to use wood
screws that completely penetrate
the subfoor without entering into
the foor joists.
3. Install Finished Flooring
Install the fnished fooring
as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Ensure that the fnished
fooring is installed close
enough to the wall so that the
fnishing trim will conceal the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat.
4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.
Trim away excess QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat so that
the mat is fush with the
fnished foor.
Add baseboard or fnishing
trim as required.
Installation with Gypsum
Concrete Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood
vinyl
ceramic tile
wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfoor so that the entire foor
surface area is covered and
foor mat just touches the wall.
Figure 1
Wood Frame Construction
CAUTION: COMBUSTIBLE.
This product should not be
exposed to open fames
or other possible ignition
sources. It may contain
fammable vapors and should
be stored in well ventilated
areas. Further processing of
the product may result in the
localized release of fammable
vapors. This product should
be installed in such a way
that it is separated from the
building interior by a thermal
barrier. Typical thermal
barriers are a minimum of
5

8

plywood or 1 thick concrete.
Please refer to the Material
Safety Data Sheet for more
information.
2 layers of
3
8 exterior grade plywood
1 reinforced mortar bed
3
8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat
Plywood Subfoor
2x10 wood joists, 16 o.c.
QuietZone Acoustic Batt
Resilient Channel 24 o.c.
2 layer,
5
8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling
Wood Parquet Flooring Tile Flooring
Acoustic Testing completed by the
National Research Council of Canada. Acoustic Testing completed by the
National Research Council of Canada.
Passed Heavy Rating when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 627 by the
Tile Council of America.
STC-63
IIC-55
STC-73
IIC-63
Figure 2
Concrete Slab Construction
1 reinforced mortar bed
3
8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat
6 Reinforced concrete slab
QuietZone Acoustic
Batt Insulation
5
8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling
Finished Flooring
Acoustic Testing completed by
Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories.
Finished Flooring STC IIC
Vinyl
RAL-TL99-213;
RAL-IN99-18
59 59
Laminate Wood
RAL-TL99-214;
RAL-IN99-19
59 58
Tile
1
RAL-TL88-217;
RAL-IN99-17
58 57
1
Passed Light Commercial Rating when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 627 by the Tile Council
of America.
Plywood Raft: Two staggered layers
of
3
8 exterior, AC-grade plywood
(use two layers of plywood
when installing hardwood fooring).
Finished Flooring
QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat
Sub-foor
Wall
T
r
i
m
Figure 3
Installation with Plywood Raft
Gypsum Concrete Raft:
1 or 1 thick
Finished Flooring
QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat
Sub-foor
Wall
T
r
i
m

Figure 4
Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft
Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


Installation Instructions
QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat


concrete material per
manufacturers instructions on
top of the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat so there is a layer of
gypsum concrete at least 1
thick covering the entire foor
surface area.
3. 1 Alternative to Gypsum
Concrete Using USG
LEVELROCK

Brand Floor
Underlayment 2500 or 3500
Apply USG LEVELROCK


Brand Floor Primer or
equivalent over QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat following
manufacturers instructions for
mixing and application.
Pour USG LEVELROCK

Brand
Floor Underlayment 2500
or 3500 over foor primer
to a minimum thickness of
1. Follow manufacturers
instructions for mixing and
application.
Depending on the fnish
foor application, apply
LEVELROCK

Brand Surface
Enhancer SE-100 over the
USG LEVELROCK

gypsum
concrete topping. Follow
manufacturers instructions to
determine when and how to
apply.
For a tile fnish foor add:
Noble Company, NobleBond
21 Adhesive following
manufacturers instructions
Noble Company, NobleBond
CIS Crack Suppression
Membrane following
manufacturers instructions
4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.
Trim away excess QuietZone
acoustic foor mat so that
the mat is fush with the
fnished foor.
Add baseboard or fnishing
trim as required.
Design Considerations
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
to be placed between the
subfoor and plywood or gypsum
concrete overlayment to create
an isolation layer for sound
vibrations and impact noises such
as foot traffc. The plywood or
gypsum concrete overlayment,
once installed, foats on top of
the foor mat providing a rigid
surface for the fnished fooring.
Fire Safety & Applicable
Standards
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
been tested in accordance with
ASTM E-84 with resulting fame
spread/smoke developed indices
of 20/50. Thermal barrier and
structural requirements are met
by using 1 of gypsum concrete
or 2 layers of
3
8 exterior grade
plywood.
Always check with your local
building code offcial regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
For more information, call
1-800-GET-PINK

or visit our
Web site at: www.quietzone.com
IMPORTANT: For proper
acoustic isolation, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat must be laid
on a clean, dry and level surface
covering the entire foor area
with the mat turned up at each
wall and should be installed after
the drywall has been applied. A
gypsum concrete or two-layer
plywood raft is installed to foat
on top of the foor mat and
provide a rigid surface for fnished
fooring.
Excellent Acoustical
Performance
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
composed of a lightweight, closed
cell, extruded polyethylene
foam, is acoustically engineered
to isolate sound vibrations and
impact noises. Wall performance
will also increase, as fanking noise
will be reduced.
Commercial applications, such as
hotel rooms, conference rooms
and condominiums as well as
residential applications like home
theaters or laundry rooms are
ideal areas for noise control
treatment.
Durable Material
Composition
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
exceptional compressive strength,
while also being resilient enough
to absorb impact vibrations. It will
retain its acoustic properties over
time while also being resistant to
moisture, mold and fungus.
Fast, High Quality
Installation
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
lightweight, easy to cut and install.
Installed beneath 1 gypsum
concrete or a double layer of
3
8
exterior-grade plywood and
fnished fooring, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat isolates and
minimizes structure-borne noise
from transferring to adjacent
areas or rooms. Refer to product
packaging for complete
installation instructions.
Typical Physical Properties
Property Test Method Value
Compressive Strength, Vertical Direction ASTM D 3575 93 Suffx D @ 25%/50% 720/1800 (psf )
Compression Set
(50% defection requires a loading of 1800 psf )
ASTM D 3575 93 Suffx B 19% (81% Recovery)
Nominal Density ASTM C 303 2.2 (pcf )
Water Absorption ASTM D 3575 93 Suffx L <0.1 (psf )
Thermal Resistance R-Value ASTM C 518 85 1.3 (HrFt.
2
F/BTU)
Surface Burning Charateristics
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed
ASTM E 84
1
20
50
1
ASTM E84 is a standard used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response
to heat and fame under controlled laboratory conditions using proper construction techniques and assembly.
Improper installation can adversely affect fre performance.
Technical Data
Property Test Method
Material Polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent
Package Form Roll
Length 35 ft.
Width 4 ft.
Area 140 Sq. Ft.
Thickness
3
8 in. (9. 5mm)
Roll Diameter 14 in.
Roll Weight 10.25 lbs.
Specifcation
Sound rated foor material shall be
3
8 (9. 5mm) thick closed cell polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent.
The sound rated material shall be QuietZone Acoustic Floor mat as supplied by Owens Corning.
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK


www.owenscorning.com

Pub. No. 102322-B. Printed in U.S.A. January 2008. THE PINK PANTHER &
1964-2008 Metro- Goldwyn- Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The col or PI NK i s a r eg i ster ed t r ademar k of Owens Cor ni ng .
2008 Owens Corning.
Product Data Sheet
EcoTouch

Sound Attenuation Batts


with PureFiber

Technology
Description
EcoTouch

Sound Attenuation
Batts (SABs) are unfaced,
lightweight, fexible fberglass
insulation batts, designed to
deliver noise control in metal
stud wall cavities of interior
partitions. Manufactured to ft
metal framing, they come in 2"
and 3" thicknesses, with lengths
of 8.'
Product Attributes
Excellent Acoustical Performance
Sound Attenuation Batts
provide excellent acoustical
performance for metal framed
interior partitions. Depending
on the construction method
and components used, SABs
can improve STC (Sound
Transmission Class) ratings by
4-10 points over an empty cavity.
Easy to Install and Fabricate
Sound Attenuation Batts are
1
8" wider than stud spacing
for easy friction-ft installation.
No adhesives or fasteners are
required. Supplementary support
should be provided when the
SABs do not fll the cavity or if
one side of the cavity is left open
and the partition is 8' or higher.
SABs are easily cut to ft around
wires, outlets, junction boxes,
pipes and other obstructions.
Friction ft installation and easy
fabrication, improves installation
speed and workmanship.
Acoustic performance of a wall
assembly can be affected by
workmanship and attention to
detail while constructing a wall.
Data on acoustic performance of
specifc wall assemblies is available
on page 2.
Reality of Sound Transmission
Class (STC).
STC is a method of rating airborne
sound transmission performance
of a wall or foor assembly. It is
intended as a quick screening
tool to compare different wall or
foor assemblies. STC ratings are
determined in a laboratory under
controlled conditions. Even then,
differences of 1-2 points STC can
occur for the same assembly in
the same laboratory. In the feld,
fanking noise, quality of material
and construction practices can
lead to widely varied STCs for the
same assembly. Typically a two
(2) or more point change in STC
is necessary to notice an audible
difference.
Product Comparison
Independent ASTM E90-1990
testing was used to determine
Sound Transmission Class in
accordance with ASTM E413 for
several types of building insulation.
All the testing was done at
the same lab, using the same
individually tested components,
to give the most reproducible
results. The results show that
insulating the cavity is critical to
acoustic performance. It also
shows that the type of insulation
does not signifcantly affect the
performance of the assembly.
Design Considerations
Acoustical performance of metal
stud interior partitions can
be substantially affected by a
number of important design and
construction details. Important
details include:
1. Seal the bottom plate and any wall
penetrations with non-hardening
permanently resilient sealant.
2. Location and attachment of
outlets, ducts and mechanical
equipment. Plumbing should be
designed to allow for expansion
and contraction. Pipes should
also be isolated from structure
using resilient mounts.
3. Use solid core wood or
metal doors for best noise
control. Depending on HVAC
requirements, weather-stripping
may be used around the door to
reduce sound transmission.
Acoustic Comparison of Cavity Insulation Types
Gypsum Board Insulation Type Test Number STC
One layer each side.
5
8" None TL-92-618 38
5
8" Glass fber TL-93-325 49
5
8" Mineral fber TL-93-327 47
5
8" Cellulose (spray) TL-93-049 45
One layer one side, two layers the other side
5
8" Glass fber TL-92-420 52
5
8" Mineral fber TL-93-329 53
5
8" Cellulose (spray) TL-93-050 49
5
8" Cellulose (blown) TL-92-437 49
3
5
8" 25 Gauge Non Load Bearing Studs at 16" on center NRC-CNRC Internal Report IRC-IR-693, October 1995
Available Sizes
Thickness Width Length
2 " 16"/24" (406mm/609mm) 96"
3 " 16"/24" (406mm/609mm) 96"
Product Data Sheet
EcoTouch

Sound Attenuation Batts


with PureFiber

Technology
Fire Safety
Sound Attenuation Batts are
considered non-combustible
when tested in accordance with
ASTM E136. They are rated at
10 fame spread and 10 smoke
developed when tested in
accordance with ASTM E84. Wall
assemblies with SAB installed in
the cavities can achieve up to a
2 hour fre resistance rating when
tested in accordance with
ASTM E119.
Special
Due to the potential for skin
irritation Sound Attenuation
Batts should not be used in open
cavities that will be subject to
human contact. If specifying for
an open cavity, remember to use
supplemental support for heights
over 8.'
Product should be kept dry during
shipping, storage and installation.
Applicable Standards
Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation
is manufactured in compliance
with ASTM C665 Type I.
Laws regulating the New York
City Materials and Equipment
Acceptance (MEA) Division
have been repealed. Federal
Specifcation HH-I-521F has
been canceled and is replaced by
ASTM C665.
Surface Burning Characteristics/Building Code Construction
Classifcation
1
Products Flame Spread Smoke Developed ICBO BOCA SBCCI ICC
Unfaced 10 10 All Types All Types All Types All Types
1. Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation complies with ICBO (Uniform Building Code), BOCA (National Building Code)
and SBCCI (Standard Building Code) and ICC (International Building Code) model code requirements for building
costruction types listed above. Products are tested in accordance with Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E84.
Water Absorption
Maximum by Volume Less than 0.05%
Dimensional Stability
Linear Shrinkage Less than 0.1%
Acoustic and Fire Ratings for Typical Steel Stud Partitions
STC Test No. Construction Description
Fire
Test
Fire
Rating
Double Layer Wall System
56 W02184 " Type X gypsum; 3
5
8" SS, 3 " thick, EcoTouch

Sound
Attenuation Batt Insulation
WP 1521

2 Hr.
54 W03084 " Type X gypsum; 2 " SS, 2 " thick, EcoTouch

Sound
Attenuation Batt Insulation
WP 1546 2 Hr.
Unbalanced Wall System (2 layer/1 layer gypsum)
55 W02484 Unbalanced
5
8" Type X gypsum; 3
5
8" SS, 3 " thick, EcoTouch


Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation
WP 1052 1 Hr.
52 W02884 Unbalanced
5
8" Type X gypsum; 2 " SS, 2 " thick, EcoTouch


Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation
UL U494 1 Hr.*
Unbalanced with Resilient Channel Wall System
58 RAL-TL90-345
5
8" Type X gypsum single layer, resilient channel, one side;
double layer other side; 3
5
8" SS, 3 " thick, EcoTouch

Sound
Attenuation Batt Insulation
UL U465 1 Hr.*
Single Layer Wall System
50 RAL-TL89-157 Single Layer
5
8" Type X gypsum; 3
5
8" SS, 3 " thick, EcoTouch


Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation
UL U465 1 Hr.
47 W05182 Single Layer
5
8" Type X gypsum; 2 " SS, 2 " thick, EcoTouch


Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation
UL U494 1 Hr.
Single Layer with Resilient Channel Wall System
54 RAL-TL90-344 Single layer, resilient channel, one side only;
5
8" Type X gypsum;
3
5
8" SS, 3 " thick, EcoTouch

Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation


UL U465 1 Hr.*
Listed in the Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual
Key: SS = Steel Stud
Disclaimer of Liability
Technical information contained herein is furnished
without charge or obligation and is given and accepted
at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may
vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes
no representation about, and is not responsible or
liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated
with particular uses of any product described herein.
Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.
The GREENGUARD INDOOR AIR QUALITY
CERTIFIED mark is registered certifcation mark
used under license through the GREENGUARD
Environmental Institute.
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK

www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 18141- S. Pri nted i n U. S. A. Januar y 2012. THE PI NK
PANTHER & 1964-2012 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights
Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.
2012 Owens Corning.
Formaldehyde
FREE
EcoTouch

PINK

FIBERGLAS

Insulation
with PureFiber

Technology
Product Data Sheet
Description
Owens Corning

EcoTouch


Insulation with PureFiber


Technology is fexible insulation
and is made in R-values from 11
to 38. EcoTouch

Insulation is
available plain, or faced with either
a kraft or foil vapor retarder.
The product is manufactured in
thicknesses from 3 " to 12."
Uses
EcoTouch

Insulation can be used


in a wide range of exterior wall
and roof/ceiling applications. The
product can be installed in wood
or metal framing cavities, or can
be installed between furring strips.
Features and Benefts
Excellent Thermal Control
With the range of R-values and
thicknesses available, EcoTouch


Insulation can meet most thermal
specifcations with ease. The R30C
and R38C provide excellent
thermal performance in the limited
space of cathedral ceilings.
Effective Acoustical Control
EcoTouch

Insulation enhances
interior noise control by
improving the Sound Transmission
Class (STC) of walls and foor/
ceiling assemblies.
Long Term Performance
EcoTouch

Insulation is
dimensionally stable and will not
slump within the wall cavity. Due
to its inorganic fbers, EcoTouch


Insulation will not rot or mildew
1

and is noncorrosive to steel,
copper, and aluminum.
Easy Installation
EcoTouch

Insulation is easy to
handle and install. Sized for
installation in either wood or
metal stud construction,
EcoTouch

Insulation can either


be friction-ft or stapled into
place. Trimming and fabrication
can be done with an ordinary
utility knife and is easily installed
into odd-shaped cavities and small
spaces. With less dust than other
fberglass insulation products,
EcoTouch

Insulation has excellent


stiffness and recovery
characteristics.
2

Designed with the
Environment in Mind
EcoTouch

Insulation with
PureFiber

Technology contains
more than 99% natural
3

ingredients, and includes a
minimum of 58% total recycled
contentthe highest certifed
recycled content available in the
fberglass industry.
4
EcoTouch


Insulation is GREENGUARD
Children & Schools certifed
SM

and is verifed to be formaldehyde
free.
5

SpaceSaver Packaging
EcoTouch

Insulation is
compression packaged in
exclusive SpaceSaver packaging
from Owens Corning. SpaceSaver
packaging reduces freight and
speeds job site handling/
installation.
Surface Burning Characteristics/Building Code
Construction Classifcation
Products Flame Spread Smoke Developed ICC
Unfaced <25 <50 All Types
Foil Faced <75 <150 III, IV, V
Kraft Faced N/R N/R III, IV, V
EcoTouch

Insulation complies with ICC (International Building Code), model code requirements for building
construction types listed above.
Kraft and standard foil facing will burn. Do not leave exposed. Facing must be installed in substantial contact with
an approved ceiling, foor or wall material. Keep open fame and other heat sources away from facing. Do not place
insulation within 3" of light fxtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with insulation.
Use only unfaced insulation between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use insulation in spaces around
metal chimneys, freplaces, or fues. EcoTouch

Unfaced insulation is considered non-combustible by model building


codes. Flame Spread 25 products are fame spread rated and can be left exposed where codes allow. See package for
warnings, fre hazard and installation instructions, or call 1-800-GET-PINK.

Due to the potential for skin irritation, EcoTouch

Unfaced Insulation should not be used for exposed applications


where it will be subject to human contact.

Product Data Sheet


EcoTouch

PINK

FIBERGLAS

Insulation
with PureFiber

Technology
Design Considerations
Kraft and standard foil facings on
this insulation will burn and must
not be left exposed. Install facings
in substantial contact with the
fnish material. Protect from open
fame or other heat source.
Buildings utilizing curtainwall
construction may be required to
be equipped with a sprinkler
system to provide adequate fre
protection. Check local building
codes for specifc requirements.
Commercial roof/ceiling thermal
applications require that the
building envelope block the
movement of air from the
outdoor environment to the
conditioned space. Neither the
insulation nor its facing should be
relied upon to provide an air
barrier. Failure to provide an
adequate air barrier could lead to
loss of thermal control,
discomfort of the building
occupants and frozen pipes.
When insulation is added to the
inside perimeter of a structure,
the area outside the insulation
becomes exposed to greater
temperature extremes. Building
structures should be inspected to
ensure they can withstand the
additional expansion and
contraction forces. Check for
piping which should be protected
against freezing.
The need for and placement of a
vapor retarder in commercial
construction depends on many
factors. The architect or specifer
should evaluate the requirements
of each project. If a vapor retarder
is specifed, maintaining the facing
integrity may be important for
Product Data
Kraft Foil
Available Vapor Retarder Facings, Perms Maximum
1
1 0. 5
Water Absorption, Maximum by Volume Less than 0.05%
Dimensional Stability, Linear Shrinkage Less than 0.1%
1. Products are tested in accordance:
R-Value ASTM C518
Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E84
Perm Rating ASTM E96
R-values differ. Find out why in the sellers fact sheet on R-values. Higher R-values mean greater insulating power.
EcoTouch

Insulation Technical DataWall or Roof/Floor/Ceiling


Width Length Thickness R-Value
1
Metal Frame
Construction
16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm) 3 " (89mm) 11
16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm) 3 " (89mm) 13
16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 96" (2,438mm) 3 " (89mm) 15
16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm) 6 " (159mm) 19
16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 96" (2,438mm) 5 " (139mm) 21
Wood Frame
Construction
Walls
15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 3 " (89mm) 11
15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 3 " (89mm) 13
15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 93" (2,362mm) 3 " (89mm) 15
15" (381mm) 19 " 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 6 " (159mm) 19
15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 93" (2,362mm) 5 " (139mm) 21
Roof/Floor/
Ceiling
15" (381mm) 19 " 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 6 " (159mm) 19
15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 6 " (171mm) 22
15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 8" (203mm) 25
15 " (394mm) 23 " (603mm) 48" (1,219mm) 8 " (209mm) 30
16" (406mm) 19 " 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 9 " (241mm) 30
15 " (394mm) 23 " (603mm) 48" (1,219mm) 10 " (260mm) 38
16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 12" (305mm) 38
EcoTouch

Unfaced Insulation complies with the property requirements of ASTM C665, Type I and ASTM E136.
EcoTouch

Kraft-faced Insulation complies with ASTM C665, Type II, Class C. EcoTouch

Foil-faced Insulation complies


with ASTM C665, Type III, Class B and C.
1. Higher R-values mean greater insulating power. Find out why in the seller's fact sheet on R-values.
Read This Before You Buy
What you should know about R-Values
The chart shows the R-value of this insulation. R means resistance
to heat fow. The higher the R-value, the greater the insulating power.
Compare insulation R-values before you buy.
There are other factors to consider. The amount of insulation you
need depends mainly on the climate, the type and size of your home,
and your fuel use patterns and family size. If you buy too much insulation,
it will cost you more than youll save on fuel.
To get the marked R-value, it is essential that this insulation
be installed properly.
EcoTouch

PINK

FIBERGLAS

Insulation
with PureFiber

Technology
Product Data Sheet
effective moisture/humidity
control. Repair any punctures or
tears in the facing by taping. Follow
the tape manufacturers
application recommendations.
Insulation installed too close to
light fxtures may affect the
luminaires performance. Do not
install insulation on top of or
within 3" of recessed light fxtures
unless the fxtures are approved
for such use. This is a requirement
of the National Electrical Code.
Due to the potential for skin
irritation, EcoTouch

Unfaced
Insulation should not be used for
exposed applications where it will
be subject to human contact.
Installation
Between Wood Studs/Rafters
EcoTouch

Insulation fts between


studs. If required, the fanges can
be stapled to either the face or
the side of the stud every 812"
to prevent gaping or
fshmouthing of the vapor
retarder.
EcoTouch

Unfaced insulation can


be friction-ft between studs after
the cover material has been
installed on one side of the cavity.
Use wire or metal straps to hold
insulation in place in applications
without a cover material, or
where the insulation does not fll
the depth of the cavity.
Cathedral ceiling products
(R3OC and R38C) are intended
to be friction-ft between rafters.
Cathedral ceiling insulation should
be installed to provide a minimum
1" ventilation passageway between
the roof deck and insulation. (See
Figure 1) It is recommended to
use a vent baffe to assure proper
clearance.
Between Metal Studs
EcoTouch

Insulation can be
friction-ft in place until the
interior fnish is applied. Insulation
should fll the cavity and the wall
should eventually be closed on
both sides. (See Figure 2)
In areas where it will be applied
in heights over 8', use wire or
metal straps to hold the product
in place until the interior fnish is
applied. When faced insulation is
used, the attachment fanges may
be taped to the face of the metal
stud prior to applying the interior
fnish. Wire or metal straps
should also be used to hold the
product in place in applications
without a cover material or
where the stud depth is larger
than the insulation thickness.
Furring Strips
EcoTouch

Insulation can be
applied between furring strips, hat
channels, or Z-shaped furring in
areas where a fnish surface will
be installed. Contact the furring
strip manufacturer for
appropriate fastening system.
Caution: FIBERGLAS

insulation
may cause temporary irritation
to the skin, eyes and respiratory
tract. Avoid contact with eyes
and skin, wear loose-ftting,
long-sleeved clothing, gloves and
eye protection when handling
and applying the material. Wash
with soap and warm water after
handling. Wash work clothes
separately and wipe out washer.
1" Ventilation
Passageway
Figure 1
Figure 2
Product Data Sheet
EcoTouch

PINK

FIBERGLAS

Insulation
with PureFiber

Technology
Applicable Standards
EcoTouch

Unfaced Insulation is
manufactured in compliance with
ASTM Standard Specifcation C665
and is classifed noncombustible
per ASTM E136. EcoTouch


Kraft-faced Insulation is
manufactured in compliance with
ASTM C665, Type II, Class C.
EcoTouch

Foil-faced Insulation is
manufactured in compliance with
ASTM C665, Type III, Class B and
C. Federal Specifcation HH-I-
521F has been canceled and is
replaced by ASTM C665.
The thermal resistance values for
EcoTouch

Insulation were tested


in accordance with ASTM C518;
R-value for insulation only.
The surface burning characteristics
of EcoTouch

Insulation were
derived from products tested in
accordance with ASTM E84. This
standard is used solely to measure
and describe properties of
products in response to heat and
fame under controlled laboratory
conditions, and should not be used
to describe or approve the fre
hazard of materials under actual
fre conditions. However, the
results of these tests may be used
as elements of a fre risk
assessment that takes into account
all of the factors pertinent to an
assessment of the fre hazard of a
particular end use. Values are
reported to the nearest fve rating.
The vapor retarder permeance of
the kraft and foil facings on
EcoTouch

Insulation were
developed from tests conducted
in accordance with ASTM E96,
desiccant method.
Notes
1. As manufactured, FIBERGLAS insulation is
resistant to mold growth. However, mold growth
can occur on building materials, including insulation,
when it becomes contaminated with organic material
and when water is present. To avoid mold growth on
FIBERGLAS insulation, remove any water that has
accumulated and correct or repair the source of the
water as soon as possible. Insulation that has become
wet should be inspected for evidence of residual
moisture and contamination, and any insulation that
is contaminated should be promptly removed and
replaced.
2. According to 2010 clinical trial conducted in Toronto,
Canada by Ducker Worldwide on behalf of Owens
Corning Insulation Systems, LLC.
3. Unfaced insulation is made with a minimum of 99
percent by weight natural materials consisting of
minerals and plant-based compounds.
4. Certifed by Scientifc Certifcations Systems to have
a minimum of 58% recycled glass content, with at
least 36% post-consumer recycled and the balance of
pre-consumer recycled glass content.
5. Owens Corning

EcoTouch

Unfaced FIBERGLAS


insulation is verifed to be formaldehyde free by the
GREENGUARD Environmental Institute.
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800-GET-PINK

www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 10013811-D. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013. THE PINK
PANTHER

& 19642013 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights


Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.
2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.
Disclaimer of Liability
Technical information contained herein is furnished
without charge or obligation and is given and accepted
at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may
vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes
no representation about, and is not responsible or
liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated
with particular uses of any product described herein.
Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.
The GREENGUARD INDOOR AIR QUALITY
CERTIFIED mark is a registered certifcation mark
used under license through the GREENGUARD
Environmental Institute.
Formaldehyde
FREE
GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality and GREENGUARD Children & Schools
SM

applies to EcoTouch

Unfaced Batts, EcoTouch

Faced Batts and Unbonded


Loosell Insulation. GREENGUARD Formaldehyde Free applies to EcoTouch


Unfaced Batts and Unbonded Loosell Insulation.
GREENGUARD Children & Schools
SM
applies to Flame Spread 25 FSK Faced;
Flame Spread 25 Extended Flanges PSK Faced; Sound Attenuation Batt
Insulation; Sonobatts

Insulation Unfaced; Sonobatts

Insulation Kraft-Faced
and Metal Building Insulation.
SCS 58% recycled content applies to EcoTouch

Unfaced Batts and


Rolls, EcoTouch

Faced Batts and Rolls, Loosell Insulation, Metal


Building Insulation products and Flexible Air Handling products.
Applies to EcoTouch

Unfaced Insulation
Energy tax credit is for qualifed energy-effciency improvements. Consult your tax advisor or visit www.energystar.gov for more information.
9
DIVISION
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800-GET-PINK

www.owenscorningcommercial.com
Pub. No. 10018081. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013.
THE PINK PANTHER

& 19642013 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc.


All Rights Reserved. The color PINK

is a registered trademark of
Owens Corning. 2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi